This document serves as an owner's manual for Nissan vehicles, providing essential information regarding the operation, maintenance, and safety features of the vehicle. It emphasizes the importance of familiarizing oneself with the vehicle’s controls, utilizing safety features, and following proper driving rules. Additionally, it includes details on warranty, customer care, and vehicle modification warnings, along with a comprehensive index for quick reference.

3. Black plate (3,1)
Foreword
GUID-E7E6B9D7-70D5-46FD-8070-D86AD68B3005
Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN accessories with which your vehicle is could distract you.
owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with equipped.
. ALWAYS use your seat belts and
confidence. It was produced using the latest Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best. appropriate child restraint systems.
techniques and strict quality control. When you require any service or have any Pre-teen children should be seated
This manual was prepared to help you under- questions, we will be glad to assist you with the in the rear seat.
stand the operation and maintenance of your extensive resources available to us.
. ALWAYS provide information about
vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY
GUID-E8CEB247-EE99-4DF1-B514-E4CF8D44A577 the proper use of vehicle safety
driving pleasure. Please read through this
Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s features to all occupants of the
manual before operating your vehicle.
Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information Booklet controls and maintenance requirements, assist- . ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-
explains details about the warranties cov- ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle. ual for important safety information.
ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service
and Maintenance Guide explains details
about maintaining and servicing your ve- WARNING ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer DRIVING
Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
REMINDERS FOR SAFETY! This vehicle will handle and maneuver
explain how to resolve any concerns you
differently from an ordinary passenger
may have with your vehicle, as well as Follow these important driving rules to car because it has a higher center of
clarify your rights under your state’s lemon help ensure a safe and comfortable trip gravity. As with other vehicles with fea-
law. for you and your passengers! tures of this type, failure to operate this
In addition to factory installed options, your vehicle correctly may result in loss of
. NEVER drive under the influence of
vehicle may also be equipped with additional control or an accident. Be sure to read
alcohol or drugs.
accessories installed by NISSAN or by your “On-pavement and off-road driving pre-
NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is important . ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-
cautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-
that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, its and never drive too fast for
over” and “Driving safety precautions” in
warnings, cautions and instructions concerning conditions.
the “5. Starting and driving” section of
proper use of such accessories prior to operat- . ALWAYS give your full attention to this manual.
ing the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSAN driving and avoid using vehicle
dealer for details concerning the particular features or taking other actions that
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

4. Black plate (4,1)
MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI- IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT
CLE THIS MANUAL
GUID-6AD293D0-4474-4333-B259-0836BB040D67
You will see various symbols in this manual. They
This vehicle should not be modified.
are used in the following ways:
Modification could affect its performance,
safety or durability, and may even violate
governmental regulations. In addition, WARNING
damage or performance problems result-
ing from modification may not be covered This is used to indicate the presence of
under NISSAN warranties. a hazard that could cause death or
serious personal injury. To avoid or
WHEN READING THE MANUAL
GUID-CB23972B-7971-4127-B62D-40CCA4B9E808
reduce the risk, the procedures must
This manual includes information for all be followed precisely.
SIC0697
options available on this model. Therefore,
you may find some information that does If you see the symbol above, it means “Do not
not apply to your vehicle. CAUTION do this” or “Do not let this happen”.
All information, specifications and illustrations in
this manual are those in effect at the time of This is used to indicate the presence of NOS1274
printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change a hazard that could cause minor or
If you see a symbol similar to those above in an
specifications or design at any time without moderate personal injury or damage to
illustration, it means the arrow points to the front
notice. your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,
of the vehicle.
the procedures must be followed care-
fully. NOS1275
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those
above indicate movement or action.
NOS1276
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

5. Black plate (5,1)
above call attention to an item in the illustration. Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 senced to Visteon Corporation
WARNING GUID-2BB33B36-3AFC-416F-9AE2-CFC36E1C928F and Clarion Co., Ltd.
Gracenote® is a registered tra-
demark of Gracenote, Inc. The
WARNING Gracenote logo and logo type,
and the “Powered by Gracenote”
logo are trademarks of Grace-
Engine exhaust, some of its constitu- note.
ents, and certain vehicle components XM Radio® requires a subscrip-
contain or emit chemicals known to the tion, sold separately. It is not
State of California to cause cancer and available in Alaska, Hawaii or
birth defects or other reproductive Guam. For more information, visit
www.xmradio.com.
harm. In addition, certain fluids con-
tained in vehicles and certain products
of component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of Cali-
fornia to cause cancer and birth defects
or other reproductive harm.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-
SORY GUID-99091439-C66E-435E-940E-FCA5DE8B559E
Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat- * 2011 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.
C
teries, may contain perchlorate material.
The following advisory is provided: “Per- All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s
chlorate Material - special handling may Manual may be reproduced or stored in a
apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/ retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or
by any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.” copying, recording or otherwise, without the
prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,
Ltd.
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

6. Black plate (6,1)
NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE
PROGRAM
GUID-180FB925-3DF8-475A-9F88-B86194155C87
NISSAN CARES ...
Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are
our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.
However, if there is something that your The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for You can write to NISSAN with the information at:
NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you the following information: For U.S. customers
would like to provide NISSAN directly with . Your name, address, and telephone number Nissan North America, Inc.
comments or questions, please contact the Consumer Affairs Department
. Vehicle identification number (attached to
NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using P.O. Box 685003
the top of the instrument panel on the
our toll-free number: Franklin, TN 37068-5003
driver’s side)
For U.S. customers or via e-mail at:
. Date of purchase
1-800-NISSAN-1 nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com
. Current odometer reading
(1-800-647-7261) For Canadian customers
For Canadian customers . Your NISSAN dealer’s name Nissan Canada Inc.
1-800-387-0122 . Your comments or questions 5290 Orbitor Drive
OR Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5
or via e-mail at:
information.centre@nissancanada.
com
If you prefer, visit us at:
www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or
www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)
We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and
thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

7. Black plate (1,1)
Table of Illustrated table of contents 0
Contents Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental
restraint system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and
voice recognition systems 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8
Technical and consumer information 9
Index 10
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

8. Black plate (7,1)
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Passenger compartment ......................................................... 0-8
...
System (SRS) ............................................................................
... 0-2 Hardtop models ................................................................. 0-8
...
Hardtop models ...................................................................
... 0-2 CrossCabriolet models .................................................... 0-9
...
CrossCabriolet models ......................................................
... 0-3 Cockpit ..................................................................................... 0-10
...
Exterior front ...............................................................................
... 0-4 Instrument panel .................................................................... 0-12
...
Hardtop models ...................................................................
... 0-4 Meters and gauges ............................................................... 0-13
...
CrossCabriolet models ......................................................
... 0-5 Engine compartment ............................................................ 0-14
...
Exterior rear ................................................................................
... 0-6 VQ35DE engine ............................................................. 0-14
...
Hardtop models ...................................................................
... 0-6 Warning and indicator lights .............................................. 0-15
...
CrossCabriolet models ......................................................
... 0-7
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

9. Black plate (8,1)
SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM (SRS)
GUID-F65304FF-4FEF-47A3-91E8-E248623FE3F9
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-AF63B3DB-D6FC-464B-85E2-0C7FD3C88CF1
1. Rear center seat belt (P.1-25)
2. Adjustable headrest (P.1-14)
3. Seat belts (P.1-18)
4. Armrest (P.1-17)
5. Head restraints (P.1-11)
— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-14)
6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
supplemental air bags (P.1-48)
7. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-48)
8. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strap
child restraint) (P.1-44)
9. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-
dren) system (P.1-33)
10. Rear seats (P.1-9)
— Child restraints (P.1-30)
11. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bags (P.1-48)
12. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-61)
13. Front seats (P.1-3)
14. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)
— Advanced Air Bag System (P.1-54)
SSI0372B
0-2 Illustrated table of contents
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

10. Black plate (9,1)
9. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bags (P.1-48)
10. Front seats (P.1-3)
11. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)
— Advanced Air Bag System (P.1-54)
SSI0834
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-0E8434A8-4BC2-4163-BDCF-16D45DCFAF34
1. Dual pop-up roll bar system (P.1-64) 5. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-48)
2. Seat belts (P.1-18) 6. LATCH (Lower Anchors for CHildren) system
3. Head restraints (P.1-11) (P.1-33)
— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-14) 7. Rear seats
4. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover — Child restraints (P.1-30)
supplemental air bags (P.1-48) 8. Front seat belt pretensioner (P.1-61)
Illustrated table of contents 0-3
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

11. Black plate (10,1)
EXTERIOR FRONT
GUID-ACAC74ED-4CE9-4346-84EA-C135DDC40621
7. Recovery hook (P.6-21)
8. License plate installation (P.9-12)
9. Fog lights*
— Switch operation (P.2-39)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)
10. Tires
— Wheel and tires (P.8-31, P.9-7)
— Flat tire (P.6-2)
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P.2-14, P.5-3)
11. Outside mirrors (P.3-47)
12. Doors
— Keys (P.3-3)
— Door locks (P.3-5)
— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)
— Security system (P.2-28)
13. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-8)
14. Fuel-filler door
— Operation (P.3-41)
— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
*: if so equipped
JVO0040X
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-45F5CB05-5240-4214-B1AF-9A6EAB41FB53
1. Hood (P.3-20) — Rain-sensing auto wiper system* (P.2-32)
2. Headlight and turn signal lights — Blade replacement (P.8-18)
— Switch operation (P.2-35) — Window washer fluid (P.8-13)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27) 4. Roof rack (rail)* (P.2-53)
3. Windshield wiper and washer 5. Moonroof* (P.2-57)
— Switch operation (P.2-31) 6. Power windows (P.2-54)
0-4 Illustrated table of contents
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

12. Black plate (11,1)
8. Fog lights
— Switch operation (P.2-39)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)
9. Tires
— Wheel and tires (P.8-31, P.9-7)
— Flat tire (P.6-2)
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P.2-14, P.5-3)
10. Outside mirrors (P.3-47)
11. Doors
— Keys (P.3-3)
— Door locks (P.3-5)
— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)
— Security system (P.2-28)
12. Fuel-filler door
— Operation (P.3-41)
— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
SSI0835
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-DF0D496F-8646-47E0-B4BF-8034FB00EB80
1. Hood (P.3-20) — Blade replacement (P.8-18)
2. Headlight and turn signal lights — Window washer fluid (P.8-13)
— Switch operation (P.2-35) 4. Soft top (P.3-28)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27) 5. Power windows (P.2-54)
3. Windshield wiper and washer 6. Recovery hook (P.6-21)
— Switch operation (P.2-31) 7. License plate installation (P.9-12)
Illustrated table of contents 0-5
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

13. Black plate (12,1)
EXTERIOR REAR
GUID-B2A0C3DF-DA6E-4362-BE30-301154FA231D
— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)
*: if so equipped
SSI0813
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-98A8E9ED-6064-4584-986D-7BB45FD520AB
1. Lift gate (P.3-20) 3. Rear window defroster (P.2-35)
— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-16) 4. High-mounted stop light
— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8) 5. Antenna (P.4-83)
2. Rear window wiper and washer — Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-36)
— Switch operation (P.2-33) 6. Rear view camera* (P.4-22)
— Window washer fluid (P.8-13) 7. Rear combination light
0-6 Illustrated table of contents
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

14. Black plate (13,1)
SSI0836
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-6AA1108F-4E3C-4010-9EAE-A25163A23048
1. Antenna (P.4-83) — Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)
— Satellite radio antenna (P.4-36) 5. Rear view camera (P.4-22)
2. High-mounted stop light 6. Rear combination light
3. Rear window defroster (P.2-35) — Bulb replacement (P.8-28)
4. Trunk (P.3-25)
— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-16)
Illustrated table of contents 0-7
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

15. Black plate (14,1)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
GUID-898A5FAA-ACAF-45AC-AF7C-F2CDAFA957BC
9. Mood light (P.2-61)
10. Sunglasses holder (P.2-46)
11. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-46)
— HomeLink® universal transceiver* (P.2-62)
— Compass* (P.2-8)
12. Cargo area
— Storages (P.2-49)
— Luggage hooks (P.2-51)
— Cargo light (P.2-61)
— Spare tire (P.6-4)
13. Rear cup holders (P.2-45)
14. Heated seat switch (rear)* (P.2-41)
15. Console box (P.2-48)
— Power outlet* (P.2-43)
— Auxiliary input jacks* (P.4-79)
— iPod® connector* (P.4-70)
— USB connector* (P.4-61)
16. Front cup holders (P.2-45)
17. Storage box* (P.2-49) or Cigarette lighter/
Ashtray* (P.2-44)
*: if so equipped
SSI0815
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-1D3BA59C-6D3E-4AA7-9A6F-1F494D6CD9FC
1. Cargo cover* (P.2-50) — Power door lock switch (P.3-7)
2. Rear personal light (P.2-59) — Outside mirror remote control switch
3. Coat hooks (P.2-54) (P.3-47)
4. Automatic drive positioner switch* (P.3-49) 6. Sun visors (P.3-45)
5. Door armrest 7. Moonroof* (P.2-57)
— Power window switch (P.2-54) 8. Front map lights (P.2-59)
0-8 Illustrated table of contents
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

16. Black plate (15,1)
7. Console box (P.2-48)
— Power outlet (P.2-43)
— Auxiliary input jacks (P.4-79)
— iPod® connector (P.4-70)
— USB connector (P.4-61)
8. Front cup holders (P.2-45)
9. Storage box (P.2-49)
*: if so equipped
SSI0837
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-62E8FEB0-3BDC-4FB2-AC71-097B4EB82FFF
1. Door armrest 3. Sun visors (P.3-45)
— Power window switch (P.2-54) 4. Front map lights (P.2-59)
— Power door lock switch (P.3-7) 5. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-46)
— Outside mirror remote control switch — HomeLink® universal transceiver (P.2-62)
(P.3-47) — Compass* (P.2-8)
2. Automatic drive positioner switch (P.3-49) 6. Rear cup holders (P.2-45)
Illustrated table of contents 0-9
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

17. Black plate (16,1)
COCKPIT
GUID-32B6101A-1F0F-4AD4-AF3B-40C2CE7B8097
9. Power lift gate main switch* (Hardtop models)
(P.3-20) or All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
switch (CrossCabriolet models) (P.5-21)
10. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)
(P.1-9)
11. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)
(P.1-9) or Remote walk-in switch (CrossCabrio-
let models) (P.1-3)
12. Fuel-filler door opener switch (P.3-41)
13. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever*
(P.3-44)
14. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch*
(P.3-44)
15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*
— Audio control* (P.4-81)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-
trol (models with navigation system)* (P.4-84)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-
trol (models without navigation system)*
(P.4-95)
16. Steering wheel
— Horn (P.2-40)
— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-48)
SSI0838
— Power steering system (P.5-25)
1. Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-40) — Turn signal light (P.2-39) 17. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
2. Power lift gate switch* (Hardtop models) — Fog light* (P.2-39) — Cruise control switches (P.5-18)
(P.3-20) or trunk lid release switch (Cross- 5. Trip computer switch (P.2-23) 18. Center-console mounted controls
Cabriolet models) (P.3-25) 6. TRIP/RESET switch (P.2-6) — Heated seat switches* (P.2-41)
3. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-38) 7. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-31) — All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch*
4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch 8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch (Hardtop models) (P.5-21)
— Headlight (P.2-36) (P.2-43, P.5-27) — Soft top operating switch (CrossCabriolet
0-10 Illustrated table of contents
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

18. Black plate (17,1)
models) (P.3-28)
*: if so equipped
Illustrated table of contents 0-11
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

19. Black plate (18,1)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
GUID-D2FB24F0-4B17-402D-8429-41D9E163851B
— Bluetooth ® Hands-Free Phone System
(models without navigation system)* (P.4-95)
7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-39)
8. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-48)
9. Hood release handle (P.3-20)
10. Fuse box cover (P.8-21)
11. Parking brake (P.5-18)
12. Intelligent Key port (P.5-12)
13. Audio system (P.4-35)
— Clock* (P.2-42)
14. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-56)
15. Power outlet (P.2-43)
16. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster
switch (P.2-35)
17. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-30) or Audio
system (P.4-35)
18. Trunk release power cancel switch (Cross-
Cabriolet models) (P.3-26)
19. Glove box (P.2-47)
*: if so equipped
**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-
er’s Manual (if so equipped).
SSI0839
1. Side ventilator (P.4-29) 6. Heater/air conditioner control or Center multi-
2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5) function control panel* (P.4-3)
3. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10) — Navigation system**
4. Center ventilator (P.4-29) — Vehicle information and setting buttons*
5. Center display (P.4-9)
— Center color display* (P.4-3) — Bluetooth ® Hands-Free Phone System
— Navigation system** (models with navigation system)* (P.4-84)
0-12 Illustrated table of contents
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

20. Black plate (19,1)
METERS AND GAUGES
GUID-8035B36E-5604-4EA6-AA6B-CA8C0BC1732D
JVO0043X
1. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-38) — Trip computer (P.2-39)
2. Tachometer (P.2-7) 8. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7)
3. Speedometer (P.2-6) 9. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6)/Continu-
4. Fuel gauge (P.2-8) ously Variable Transmission (CVT) position
5. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-11) indicator (P.2-16)
6. Trip computer switch (P.2-23) 10. RESET switch for trip odometer (P.2-6)
7. Dot matrix liquid crystal display (P.2-19)
Illustrated table of contents 0-13
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

21. Black plate (20,1)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GUID-907FC48F-D93C-457F-AEE4-15BFC27C6D55
SDI2172
VQ35DE ENGINE
GUID-E583ADB4-3DB5-4B36-96ED-07E29BF970D7
1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-11) 7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-13)
2. Drive belt location (P.8-15) 8. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7)
3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-8) 9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)
4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-12) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)
5. Air cleaner (P.8-17) 11. Battery (P.8-13)
6. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-20)
0-14 Illustrated table of contents
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

22. Black plate (21,1)
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
GUID-353409D4-8EDC-4D72-921B-F87CF9A54D49
Indicator
Warning Name Page
Name Page light
light
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning 2-16
2-12 indicator light (AWD models)*
light (AWD models)*
Continuously Variable Trans-
Anti-lock Braking System mission (CVT) position indicator 2-16
2-12 light
(ABS) warning light
Cruise indicator light 2-17
Front passenger air bag status
Brake warning light 2-13 2-17
light
High beam indicator light 2-17
Charge warning light 2-13
Low beam indicator light 2-17
Engine oil pressure warning
2-13
light Malfunction Indicator Light
2-17
(MIL)
Intelligent Key warning light 2-14
Overdrive off indicator light 2-18
Low tire pressure warning light 2-14
Soft top indicator light (Cross-
2-18
Master warning light 2-15 Cabriolet models)*
Turn signal/hazard indicator
Seat belt warning light 2-15 2-19
lights
Supplemental air bag warning Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) 2-19
2-16 off indicator light
light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) 2-16 *: if so equipped
warning light
Illustrated table of contents 0-15
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

23. Black plate (22,1)
MEMO
0-16 Illustrated table of contents
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

24. Black plate (23,1)
1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental
restraint system
Seats ............................................................................................ 1-2
... Rear-facing child restraint installation using the
Front seats ............................................................................ 1-3
... seat belts ..........................................................................
... 1-36
Rear seats (Hardtop models) .......................................... 1-9
... Forward-facing child restraint installation using
Head restraints ................................................................. 1-11
... LATCH (Hardtop models only) ...................................
... 1-39
Adjustable headrest (Hardtop models) ...................... 1-14 ... Forward-facing child restraint installation using the
seat belts ..........................................................................
... 1-40
Rear headrest (CrossCabriolet models) .................... 1-17 ...
Installing top tether strap (Hardtop models) .......... ... 1-44
Armrest (Hardtop models) ............................................. 1-17
...
Booster seats ..................................................................
... 1-44
Seat belts ................................................................................. 1-18
...
Supplemental restraint system ...........................................
... 1-48
Precautions on seat belt usage .................................... 1-18
...
Precautions on supplemental restraint system ....... ... 1-48
Pregnant women .............................................................. 1-20
...
NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
Injured persons ................................................................. 1-20
...
(front seats) .....................................................................
... 1-54
Three-point type seat belt .............................................. 1-20
...
Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air
Seat belt extenders .......................................................... 1-28
... bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
Seat belt maintenance .................................................... 1-28
... rollover supplemental air bag (Hardtop models) or
Child safety .............................................................................. 1-29
... door-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
Infants .................................................................................. 1-29
... supplemental air bag (CrossCabriolet
Small children .................................................................... 1-30
... models) systems ............................................................
... 1-60
Larger children .................................................................. 1-30
... Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ............. ... 1-61
Child restraints ........................................................................ 1-30
... Supplemental air bag warning labels ....................... ... 1-63
Precautions on child restraints ..................................... 1-31
... Supplemental air bag warning light ............................. 1-63
LATCH Lower Anchors System .................................... 1-33
... Repair and replacement procedure .......................... ... 1-63
Rear-facing child restraint installation Dual pop-up roll bar system
using LATCH ..................................................................... 1-35
... (CrossCabriolet models) ..............................................
... 1-64
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

25. Black plate (24,1)
SEATS
GUID-2869D0FF-2DAC-47DC-BF36-8D864A5BD9A3
. The seatback should not be reclined
any more than needed for comfort.
Seat belts are most effective when
the passenger sits well back and
straight up in the seat. If the seat-
back is reclined, the risk of sliding
under the lap belt and being injured
is increased.
CAUTION
SSS0133
When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or da-
well back in the seat with both feet mages.
WARNING on the floor and adjust the seat
properly. See “Precautions on seat
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle belt usage” later in this section.
when the seatback is reclined. This
. After adjustment, gently rock in the
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
seat to make sure it is securely
will not be against your body. In an
locked.
accident, you could be thrown into it
and receive neck or other serious . Do not leave children unattended
injuries. You could also slide under inside the vehicle. They could un-
the lap belt and receive serious knowingly activate switches or con-
internal injuries. trols. Unattended children could
become involved in serious acci-
. For the most effective protection
dents.
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

26. Black plate (25,1)
SSS0792 JVR0034X
FRONT SEATS
GUID-589050CC-5D5C-4407-A4F0-CB0819F0ABAB
Sliding front passenger seat (CrossCab-
seatback for occupants of different sizes for riolet models):
Manual seat adjustment GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
GUID-6BE5370B-3D84-4E0B-B0E0-081F8AF0F764 added comfort and to help obtain proper seat To slide the front passenger seat from the front
Forward and backward:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage” most position to the rear most position, push the
Pull the lever * up and hold it while you slide
1 later in this section.) Also, the seatback can be bottom half of the seatback * or the front seat
A
the seat forward or backward to the desired reclined to allow occupants to rest when the cushion * . If you push the top half of the
B
position. Release the lever to lock the seat in vehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P seatback * , it will lock the seat in the front
C
position. (Park) position. most position.
Reclining: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To recline the seatback, pull the lever * up and
2
lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull
the lever up and lean your body forward. Release
the lever to lock the seatback in position.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

27. Black plate (26,1)
Power seat adjustment
GUID-2155E48C-B77E-4502-84B7-2AF110D60DE4
Operating tips: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. The power seat motor has an auto-reset
overload protection circuit. If the motor
stops during operation, wait 30 seconds,
then reactivate the switch.
. Do not operate the power seat switch for a
long period of time when the engine is off.
This will discharge the battery.
See “Automatic drive positioner” in the “3. Pre-
driving checks and adjustments” section for the
seat position memory function.
SSS0793 SSS0684
Seat lifter (if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Lumbar support (if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to The lumbar support feature provides lower back
adjust the seat height until the desired position support to the driver.
is achieved. Move the lever * up or down to adjust the
1
seatback lumbar area.
1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

28. Black plate (27,1)
JVR0038X
Forward and backward:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Moving the switch * forward or backward will
A
slide the seat forward or backward to the
desired position.
Pushing the front * or back * end of the
1 2
slide switch * will slide the driver seat forward
B
or backward to the desired position (Cross-
Cabriolet models driver’s seat only).
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

29. Black plate (28,1)
JVR0039X SSS1027
Reclining: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the Seat lifter (if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Move the recline switch * backward until the
A P (Park) position. Push the front or rear end of the switch up or
desired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback down to adjust the angle of the front portion or
forward again, move the switch * forward.
A height of the seat.
Push and hold the back * end of the reclining
2
switch * until the desired angle is obtained.
B
To bring the seatback forward again, push and
hold the front * end of the switch (Cross-
1
Cabriolet models driver’s seat only).
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
seatback for occupants of different sizes for
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”
later in this section.) Also, the seatback can be
reclined to allow occupants to rest when the
1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

30. Black plate (29,1)
Walk-in function (front passenger seat,
CrossCabriolet models):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
CAUTION
. When operating the walk-in func-
tion, be sure not to contact any
moving parts to avoid possible in-
juries and/or damages.
. When operating the walk-in func-
tion, be sure that the front passen-
ger seat is not occupied by a
SSS1028 SSS1172 passenger and/or any objects to
Front passenger’s seatback switch avoid possible injuries and/or da-
Lumbar support (if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 mages.
The lumbar support feature provides lower back . After operating the walk-in function,
support to the driver. be sure to return the seat to the
Push the front * or back * end of the switch
1 2 rearmost position and then tilt up
to adjust the seatback lumbar area. the seatback until it latches.
This feature makes it easier to get in and out of
the rear seat. Use the following procedure when
getting in and out of the rear seat on the
passenger’s side. If the sun visor is used, close it
to the original position before operating the
walk-in feature.
1. Push the front passenger’s seatback switch
SSS1175 to fold down the seatback and unlock the
Remote walk-in switch seat position.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

31. Black plate (30,1)
Alternatively, you can push the remote walk-
in switch located on the instrument panel to WARNING
fold down the front passenger’s seatback
and unlock the seat position. Before using the driver’s seatback re-
2. Slide the seat forward to the foremost lease, be sure that the driver’s seat is
position manually. not occupied by a driver and/or any
objects to avoid possible injuries and/
3. Get in or out the vehicle.
or damage.
4. Return the front passenger seat to the
rearmost position. To slide the front passen-
ger seat, see “Manual seat adjustment”
earlier in this section.
SSS1173
Driver’s seatback release (CrossCabrio-
let models) GUID-116F27BD-8437-47A9-8270-AD99D91FA75D
To exit the rear seat from the driver’s side, pull
the strap behind the driver’s seat to release the
driver’s seatback. The driver’s seatback will tilt
forward so that you can exit the vehicle.
NOTE:
Pulling the strap behind the driver’s seat
does not slide the driver’s seat forward.
You cannot slide the driver’s seat manu-
ally.
1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

32. Black plate (31,1)
To fold down the seatbacks:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pull the strap on the rear seat * . Pull the lever
A
* beside the cargo area and fold the seat-
B
back.
SSS0569 SSS0821
REAR SEATS (Hardtop models)
GUID-42670C07-8DEA-4731-BDEC-1C3F2B7295A1
To return the seatbacks:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Folding Manual operation:
GUID-8333E9E4-6111-43A4-8DC3-B860D3C64DA7
Before foldingGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the rear seats: Lift up each seatback and push it to the upright
position until it is latched.
. Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks
on the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks Power operation (if so equipped):
(Hardtop models)” later in this section.) Push and hold the corresponding switch located
. Disconnect and stow the center seat belt on the lower side of the instrument panel * or
B
and tongue into the retractor base. (See the right or left side in the cargo area * .
A
“Rear center seat belt (Hardtop models)” A beep sounds once and the seatback will be
later in this section.) returned automatically.
. Always reconnect the center seat belt when A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fully
the seat is returned to the upright position. returned to the seating position.
. Remove drink containers from the rear cup If the control unit detects any obstacle or
holder. malfunctions while in the power operation, a
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

33. Black plate (32,1)
beep sounds for 4 seconds and the seatback . Do not fold down the rear seats center seat belt connector is com-
will return to the folded position automatically. when occupants are in the rear seat pletely secured.
Check if there are any obstacles caught that area or any luggage is on the rear
prevent seats from returning to the folded . If the rear center seat belt connector
seats. and the seatbacks are not secured
position. See a NISSAN dealer if the beep still
sounds. . When folding or returning the seat- in the correct position, serious per-
backs to the upright position, to sonal injury may result in an acci-
avoid injury to yourself and others: dent or sudden stop.
CAUTION — Make sure that the seat path is
clear before moving the seat.
When operating the rear power seat-
back return, make sure that the vehicle — Be careful not to allow hands or
is stopped and the transmission is in feet to get caught or pinched in
the P (Park) position. the seat.
. Properly secure all cargo to help
prevent it from sliding or shifting.
Do not place cargo higher than the
WARNING seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo could
. Never allow anyone to ride in the
cause personal injury.
cargo area or on the rear seats
when they are in the fold-down . When returning the seatbacks, be
position. In a collision, people riding sure to attach the rear center seat
in these areas are more likely to be belt connector.
seriously injured or killed. . Do not unfasten the rear center seat
. Do not allow people to ride in any belt connector except when folding
area of your vehicle that is not down the rear seat.
equipped with seats and seat belts. . When attaching the rear center seat
Be sure everyone in your vehicle is belt connector, be certain that the
in a seat and using a seat belt seatbacks are completely secured in
properly. the latched position and the rear
1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

34. Black plate (33,1)
HEAD RESTRAINTS
GUID-5E605952-D804-4293-B401-616CD7C38955
WARNING
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle WARNING
when the seatback is reclined. This
Head restraints supplement the other
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
vehicle safety systems. They may pro-
will not be against your body. In an
vide additional protection against injury
accident, you could be thrown into it
in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the
and receive neck or other serious
head restraints properly, as specified in
injuries. You could also slide under
this section. Check the adjustment after
the lap belt and receive serious
someone else uses the seat. Do not
internal injuries.
attach anything to the head restraint
. For the most effective protection stalks or remove the head restraint. Do
SSS0227A
when the vehicle is in motion, the not use the seat if the head restraint
seat should be upright. Always sit has been removed. If the head restraint
Reclining GUID-1BFE5C97-1FC3-4054-A6B3-17A9466D0C05 well back in the seat with both feet was removed, reinstall and properly
Pull the reclining strap * and position the
A on the floor and adjust the seat belt adjust the head restraint before an
seatback at the desired angle. Release the properly. See “Precautions on seat occupant uses the seating position.
reclining strap after positioning the seat at the belt usage” later in this section. Failure to follow these instructions
desired angle.
. After adjustment, check to be sure can reduce the effectiveness of the
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the the seat is securely locked. head restraints. This may increase the
seatback for occupants of different sizes to help risk of serious injury or death in a
obtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions on collision.
seat belt usage” later in this section.) The
seatback may also be reclined to allow occu-
pants to rest when the vehicle is parked.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

35. Black plate (34,1)
SSS1013 SSS0992 SSS0997
The illustration shows the seating positions Components Adjustment
GUID-D58E33DF-16BC-41B1-B4C5-AA96E133EBC7 GUID-ACB994E3-70CF-4004-BDD8-BB431714EC1E
equipped with head restraints. The head re-
1. Head restraint Adjust the head restraint so the center is level
straints are adjustable.
2. Adjustment notches with the center of your ears.
Indicates the seating position is equipped
with a head restraint. 3. Lock knob
4. Stalks
1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

36. Black plate (35,1)
SSS0993 SSS0994 SSS0995
To raise the head restraint, pull it up. To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push Removal GUID-FC0E7C18-BEC7-4083-8503-66512F55EE99
the head restraint down.
Use the following procedure to remove the
adjustable head restraints.
1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest
position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure
place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
5. Install and properly adjust the head restraint
before an occupant uses the seating posi-
tion.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

37. Black plate (36,1)
Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as
described earlier in this section.
ADJUSTABLE HEADREST (Hardtop
models) GUID-44BABEF8-0609-4B69-934B-AA984B2E807B
WARNING
The adjustable headrests supplement
the other vehicle safety systems. They
may provide additional protection
against injury in certain rear end colli-
sions. Adjust the headrests properly, as
SSS0996 SSS0508 specified in this section. Check the
adjustment after someone else uses
Install GUID-10B7C451-D81D-4E42-9DB2-2C10EBE1FF75
Front-seat Active Head Restraint
GUID-3164FE3F-22C1-4D05-B110-75CFEC562928
the seat. Do not attach anything to the
1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes The Active Head Restraint moves forward adjustable headrest stalks or remove
in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint utilizing the force that the seatback receives the adjustable headrests. Do not use
is facing the correct direction. The stalk with from the occupant in a rear-end collision. The the seat if the adjustable headrests
the adjustment notches * must be in-
1 movement of the head restraint helps support have been removed. If the adjustable
stalled in the hole with the lock knob * .2 the occupant’s head by reducing its backward headrest was removed, reinstall and
movement and helping absorb some of the properly adjust the headrest before an
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
forces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries. occupant uses the seating position.
head restraint down.
Failure to follow these instructions
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-
can reduce the effectiveness of the
occupant uses the seating position. sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said
adjustable headrests. This may in-
that whiplash injury occurs most.
crease the risk of serious injury or
Active Head Restraints operate only in certain death in a collision.
rear-end collisions. After the collision, the head
restraints return to their original position.
1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

38. Black plate (37,1)
SSS1014 SSS0992 SSS0997
The illustration shows the seating positions Components Adjustment
GUID-08BD1B61-7B43-4109-A568-5892EDCD8D17 GUID-909049BB-7248-4BC4-953B-DC4A4D1B6C05
equipped with adjustable headrests. The head-
1. Adjustable headrest Adjust the headrest so the center is level with
rests are adjustable.
2. Adjustment notches the center of your ears.
Indicates the seating position is equipped
with an adjustable headrest. 3. Lock knob
4. Stalks
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

39. Black plate (38,1)
SSS0993 SSS0994 SSS0995
To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push Removal GUID-BE2EE26A-B413-48C4-B196-33F5100BE36D
the headrest down.
Use the following procedure to remove the
adjustable headrests.
1. Pull the headrest up to the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the headrest from the seat.
4. Store the headrest properly in a secure
place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
5. Install and properly adjust the headrest
before an occupant uses the seating posi-
tion.
1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

40. Black plate (39,1)
SSS0996 JVR0030X SSS0229A
Install REAR HEADREST (CrossCabriolet ARMREST (Hardtop models)
GUID-38665920-E49E-4A44-96F5-25968146C89C
GUID-F3510470-0C00-4072-8C22-9B43D094B745
models)
1. Align the headrest stalks with the holes in GUID-E90B0FC8-0909-43DE-8515-8D064D935FB7 Rear armrest
GUID-9BC9B1A5-D55E-4C9C-A0C9-6CB62211A931
the seat. Make sure that the headrest is The rear headrests of CrossCabriolet models
Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.
facing the correct direction. The stalk with cannot be removed or adjusted.
the adjustment notches * must be in-
1 + Indicates the seating position is not equipped
stalled in the hole with the lock knob * .
2 with a removable or adjustable headrest.
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
headrest down.
3. Properly adjust the headrest before an
occupant uses the seating position.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

41. Black plate (40,1)
SEAT BELTS
GUID-02C3DBF6-9D5A-47DE-B2F0-C98E0027F971
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE GUID-0C8D3A44-10AF-48A1-A8CC-9A495B9121D7
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well
back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your
chances of being injured or killed in an accident
and/or the severity of injury may be greatly
reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and
all of your passengers to buckle up every time
you drive, even if your seating position includes a
supplemental air bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces
or territories specify that seat belts be SSS0136
worn at all times when a vehicle is being
driven.
SSS0134
1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

42. Black plate (41,1)
. Be sure the seat belt tongue is
WARNING securely fastened to the proper
buckle.
. Every person who drives or rides in
. Do not wear the seat belt inside out
this vehicle should use a seat belt at
or twisted. Doing so may reduce its
all times. Children should be prop-
effectiveness.
erly restrained in the rear seat and,
if appropriate, in a child restraint. . Do not allow more than one person
to use the same seat belt.
. The seat belt should be properly
adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do . Never carry more people in the
so may reduce the effectiveness of vehicle than there are seat belts.
the entire restraint system and in- . If the seat belt warning light glows
crease the chance or severity of continuously while the ignition is
SSS0016
injury in an accident. Serious injury pushed to the ON position with all
or death can occur if the seat belt is doors closed and all seat belts
not worn properly. fastened, it may indicate a malfunc-
. Always route the shoulder belt over tion in the system. Have the system
your shoulder and across your checked by a NISSAN dealer.
chest. Never put the belt behind . No changes should be made to the
your back, under your arm or across seat belt system. For example, do
your neck. The belt should be away not modify the seat belt, add mate-
from your face and neck, but not rial, or install devices that may
falling off your shoulder. change the seat belt routing or
. Position the lap belt as low and tension. Doing so may affect the
snug as possible AROUND THE operation of the seat belt system.
HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt Modifying or tampering with the
worn too high could increase the seat belt system may result in
SSS0014 risk of internal injuries in an acci- serious personal injury.
dent.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

43. Black plate (42,1)
. Once a seat belt pretensioner has damaged. injuries. You could also slide under
activated, it cannot be reused and the lap belt and receive serious
must be replaced together with the PREGNANTGUID-92E572E7-A7ED-4EC2-8824-E9C667CD8A35
WOMEN internal injuries.
retractor. See a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use . For the most effective protection
. Removal and installation of the seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, when the vehicle is in motion, the
pretensioner system components and always position the lap belt as low as seat should be upright. Always sit
should be done by a NISSAN dealer. possible around the hips, not the waist. Place well back in the seat with both feet
. All seat belt assemblies, including the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across on the floor and adjust the seat belt
retractors and attaching hardware, your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over properly.
should be inspected after any colli- your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for . Do not allow children to play with
sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN specific recommendations. the seat belts. Most seating posi-
recommends that all seat belt as- INJURED PERSONS tions are equipped with Automatic
GUID-B47CCE32-408A-4E62-B891-7EBBE28DCC23
semblies in use during a collision be NISSAN recommends that injured persons use Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat
replaced unless the collision was seat belts. Check with your doctor for specific belts. If the seat belt becomes
minor and the belts show no da- recommendations. wrapped around a child’s neck with
mage and continue to operate prop- the ALR mode activated, the child
erly. Seat belt assemblies not in use THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
GUID-F9647E3B-7CCB-4333-9D53-DBFEBA7433EC can be seriously injured or killed if
during a collision should also be the seat belt retracts and becomes
inspected and replaced if either WARNING tight. This can occur even if the
damage or improper operation is vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat
noted. . Every person who drives or rides in belt to release the child. For the
. All child restraints and attaching this vehicle should use a seat belt at center of the rear seat, the connec-
hardware should be inspected after all times. tor tongue may also be released.
any collision. Always follow the Release the connector tongue by
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle
restraint manufacturer’s inspection inserting a suitable tool (such as a
when the seatback is reclined. This
instructions and replacement re- key) into the connector buckle. If the
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
commendations. The child restraints seat belt can not be unbuckled or is
will not be against your body. In an
should be replaced if they are already unbuckled, release the child
accident, you could be thrown into it
by cutting the seat belt with a
and receive neck or other serious
1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

44. Black plate (43,1)
suitable tool (such as a knife or retractor.
scissors) to release the seat belt.
SSS0292
Fastening the seat belts
GUID-4C4C9056-82D7-4B6A-80A4-9DBA4C079A82
1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in this
section.)
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear and feel the latch engage.
. The retractor is designed to lock
during a sudden stop or on impact.
A slow pulling motion permits the
belt to move and allows you some
freedom of movement in the seat.
. If the seat belt cannot be pulled from
its fully retracted position, firmly pull
the belt and release it. Then
smoothly pull the belt out of the
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

45. Black plate (44,1)
of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat
belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or
during certain impacts.
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for
child restraint installation.
When ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat belt
tongue is detached from the buckle and fully
retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode
after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional
information, see “Child restraints” later in this
SSS0290
section. SSS0326
The ALR mode should be used only for
3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug child restraint installation. During normal Unfastening the seat belts
GUID-313FD5EC-9489-4699-B4F1-98B31FED4129
on the hips as shown. seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the mode should not be activated. If it is buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat
shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder belt tension. Checking seat belt operation
GUID-AED6BCDC-CBDB-4FCF-9DB2-9B060E99627A
and across your chest. Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat
The front passenger seat and the rear seating belt movement by two separate methods:
WARNING
positions three-point seat belts have two modes . When the belt is pulled quickly from the
of operation: When fastening the seat belts, be retractor.
. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) certain that seatbacks are completely . When the vehicle slows down rapidly.
. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) secured in the latched position. If they To increase your confidence in the seat belts,
The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode are not completely secured, passengers check the operation as follows:
allows the seat belt to extend and retract to may be injured in an accident or sudden . Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
allow the driver and passengers some freedom stop. quickly. The retractor should lock and
1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

46. Black plate (45,1)
restrict further belt movement. seat belt may slip and result in personal
If the retractor does not lock during this check or injury.
if you have any question about seat belt
operation, see a NISSAN dealer.
CAUTION
. When entering or exiting the rear
seat, or inserting or retrieving lug-
gage with the seatback folded
down, always release the seat belt
guide. Otherwise, the seat belt
guide may be damaged.
SSS1181 . Do not fold the seat forward or pull
it backward by holding the seat belt
Seat belt guide (front seats, CrossCab- guide in your hand. Doing so may
riolet models)
GUID-3EF9ED5F-135A-43B1-8954-CAD684674E27 damage the seat belt guide.
When the seat belt guide is used with the front
seat, the seat belt can easily be pulled out.
Release the seat belt guide, clip the seat belt
and install the seat belt guide again.
When using the seat belt guide, do not allow it
to twist.
WARNING
When using the seat belt guide, make
sure that the seat belt guide is securely
installed to the seat. Otherwise, the
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

47. Black plate (46,1)
WARNING
. After adjustment, release the ad-
justment button and try to move the
shoulder belt anchor up and down
to make sure it is securely fixed in
position.
. The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
best for you. Failure to do so may
reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
SSS0351A SSS0845
the chance or severity of injury in an
accident.
Shoulder belt height adjustment (Hard- Seat belt hooks (Hardtop models)
GUID-0F6C8515-923F-4DA4-BED8-81B474353BA2
top models)GUID-E8DCDEEB-44E6-4A0A-B2D9-EB6DBF18146C When the rear seat belts are not in use and
The shoulder belt anchor height should be when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear
adjusted to the position best for you. (See outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks.
“Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier in this
section.)
To adjust, pull the adjustment button * , and
1
then move the shoulder belt anchor to the
desired position * , so that the belt passes
2
over the center of the shoulder. The belt should
be away from your face and neck, but not falling
off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment
button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into
position.
1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

48. Black plate (47,1)
SSS0846 SSS0241 SSS0703
Rear center GUID-D2977525-73CC-440E-AC17-490B6791BECA
seat belt (Hardtop models) The center seat belt buckle and the tongue are
WARNING identified by the CENTER mark. The center seat
The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue
belt tongue can be fastened only into the center
* and a seat belt tongue * . Both the
1 2
seat belt buckle.
connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must . Always fasten the connector tongue
be securely latched for proper seat belt opera- and the seat belt in the order shown.
tion. . Always make sure both the connec-
tor tongue and the seat belt tongue
are secured when using the seat
belt or installing a child restraint. Do
not use the seat belt or child
restraint with only the seat belt
tongue attached. This could result
in serious personal injury in case of
an accident or a sudden stop.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

49. Black plate (48,1)
Stowing rear center seat belt:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 in the correct position, serious per-
When folding down the rear seat, the rear center sonal injury may result in an acci-
seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position dent or sudden stop.
as follows:
1. Hold the connector tongue * so that the
1
seat belt does not retract suddenly when the
tongue is released from the connector
buckle. Release the connector tongue by
inserting a suitable tool such as key * into
A
the connector buckle.
2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractor
base first * .
2
3. Then secure the connector tongue into the
retractor base * .
3
WARNING
. Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
. When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position and the rear
center seat belt connector is com-
SSS0225 pletely secured.
. If the rear center seat belt connector
and the seatbacks are not secured
1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

50. Black plate (49,1)
Attaching rearGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
center seat belt: seatbacks are completely secured in
Always be sure the rear center seat belt the latched position and the rear
connector tongue and connector buckle are center seat belt connector is com-
attached. Disconnect only when folding down pletely secured.
the rear seat. . If the rear center seat belt connector
To connect the buckle: and the seatbacks are not secured
1. Pull out the connector tongue from the in the correct position, serious per-
retractor base * .
1 sonal injury may result in an acci-
dent or sudden stop.
2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the
retractor base * .
2
3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connector
buckle until it clicks * .
3
The center seat belt connector tongue and
buckle are indicated by the ! and ~ mark.
The center seat belt connector tongue can be
attached only into the rear center seat belt
connector buckle.
To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seat
belts” earlier in this section.
WARNING
. Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
SSS0232 down the rear seat.
. When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

51. Black plate (50,1)
purchasing an extender if an extender is . If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt
required. guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat
belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder
belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
WARNING . Periodically check to see that the seat
belt and the metal components, such as
. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,
buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires
made by the same company which
and anchors, work properly. If loose parts,
made the original equipment seat
deterioration, cuts or other damage on the
belts, should be used with NISSAN
webbing is found, the entire seat belt
seat belts.
assembly should be replaced.
. Adults and children who can use the
standard seat belt should not use an
SSS0235 extender. Such unnecessary use
could result in serious personal
Storing rear seat belt buckles (Hardtop injury in the event of an accident.
models) GUID-34BA1AAF-B284-4222-A05C-7E212FF3C674 . Never use seat belt extenders to
Before folding down the seat, put the buckles in install child restraints. If the child
the storage of the seat cushion to avoid restraint is not secured properly, the
dropping it under the seat cushion. child could be seriously injured in a
SEAT BELT EXTENDERS collision or a sudden stop.
GUID-798C755D-7740-4606-AB38-FAC398986CFA
If, because of body size or driving position, it is
SEAT BELT GUID-3D5EE851-7E10-4B7F-A02B-8BFBB0D4CCE6
MAINTENANCE
not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt
and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with . To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a
the installed seat belts is available that can be mild soap solution or any solution recom-
purchased. The extender adds approximately 8 mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.
in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat
the driver or front passenger seating position. belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the
See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with seat belts to retract until they are completely
dry.
1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

52. Black plate (51,1)
CHILD SAFETY
GUID-26D16DBE-9A0E-4759-945D-C9D751725375
many other sources, including doctors, teachers, child restraints.
WARNING government traffic safety offices, and community
organizations. Every child is different, so be sure
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
Do not allow children to play with the to learn the best way to transport your child.
territories require the use of approved child
seat belts. Most seating positions are There are three basic types of child restraint restraints for infants and small children. See
equipped with Automatic Locking Re- systems: “Child restraints” later in this section.
tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the . Rear-facing child restraint A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle
seat belt becomes wrapped around a
. Forward-facing child restraint by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor and
child’s neck with the ALR mode acti-
. Booster seat Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle
vated, the child can be seriously injured
The proper restraint depends on the child’s size. seat belt. See “Child restraints” later in this
or killed if the seat belt retracts and
Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less section for more information.
becomes tight. This can occur even if
the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear- NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens
belt to release the child. For the center facing child restraints. Forward-facing child and children be restrained in the rear seat.
of the rear seat, the connector tongue restraints are available for children who outgrow Studies show that children are safer when
may also be released. Release the rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 properly restrained in the rear seat than in
connector tongue by inserting a suita- year old. Booster seats are used to help position the front seat.
ble tool (such as a key) into the a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no This is especially important because your
connector buckle. If the seat belt can longer use a forward-facing child restraint. vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-
not be unbuckled or is already un- tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-
buckled, release the child by cutting ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”
the seat belt with a suitable tool (such
WARNING
later in this section.
as a knife or scissors) to release the Infants and children need special pro- INFANTS
seat belt. tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not
GUID-0FA535EA-6323-4DB9-92F9-8B508130A6AC
Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed
fit them properly. The shoulder belt may in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-
Children need adults to help protect them. come too close to the face or neck. The mends that infants be placed in child restraints
They need to be properly restrained. lap belt may not fit over their small hip that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
In addition to the general information in this bones. In an accident, an improperly Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
manual, child safety information is available from fitting seat belt could cause serious or Standards. You should choose a child restraint
fatal injury. Always use appropriate
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

53. Black plate (52,1)
CHILD RESTRAINTS
GUID-D2F4DA62-62F0-46FA-BDC9-C09A7F684094
that fits your vehicle and always follow the commercially available booster seat if the
manufacturer’s instructions for installation and shoulder belt fits close to the face or neck or if
use. the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the
SMALL CHILDREN abdomen. The booster seat should raise the
GUID-927D047A-9A7C-4FEB-90C0-65CE234F2245
child so that the shoulder belt is properly
Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at
positioned across the top, middle portion of
least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing
the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips.
child restraint as long as possible up to the
A booster seat can only be used in seating
height or weight limit of the child restraint.
positions that have a three-point type seat belt.
Forward-facing child restraints are available for
The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and
children who outgrow rear facing child restraints
have a label certifying that it complies with
and are at least 1 year old. Refer to the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
maximum weight and height recommendations.
Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt SSS0099
NISSAN recommends that small children be
is no longer on or near the face and neck, use
placed in child restraints that comply with
the shoulder belt without the booster seat.
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You
should choose a child restraint that fits your WARNING
vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for installation and use. Never let a child stand or kneel on any
LARGER CHILDREN seat and do not allow a child in the
GUID-EC196FE5-D487-4C51-9056-7FA7FF17ACB0
cargo area. The child could be seriously
Children who are too large for child restraints
injured or killed in a sudden stop or
should be seated and restrained by the seat
collision.
belts which are provided. The seat belt may not
fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5
cm) tall and weighs between 40 lbs (18 kg) and
80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should be used to
SSS0100
obtain proper seat belt fit.
NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a
1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

54. Black plate (53,1)
PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE- senger. properly fitted.
STRAINTS GUID-6A8C536A-DB98-4A79-B638-8ED4F6FB91BB
— NISSAN recommends that all — Never use the anchor points for
child restraints be installed in adult seat belts or harnesses.
WARNING the rear seat. Studies show that — A child restraint with a top tether
children are safer when properly strap should not be used in the
. CrossCabriolet models are not restrained in the rear seat than front passenger seat.
equipped with top tethers. A child in the front seat. If you must
restraint system requiring a top install a forward-facing child — Keep seatbacks as upright as
tether strap cannot be properly in- restraint in the front seat, see possible after fitting the child
stalled and should not be used in “Forward-facing child restraint restraint.
your vehicle. installation using the seat belts” — Infants and children should al-
. Failure to follow the warnings and later in this section. ways be placed in an appropri-
instructions for proper use and in- — Even with the NISSAN Advanced ate child restraint while in the
stallation of child restraints could Air Bag System, never install a vehicle.
result in serious injury or death of a rear-facing child restraint in the . When the child restraint is not in
child or other passengers in a front seat. An inflating air bag use, keep it secured with the LATCH
sudden stop or collision: could seriously injure or kill a system or a seat belt. In a sudden
— The child restraint must be used child. A rear-facing child re- stop or collision, loose objects can
and installed properly. Always straint must only be used in the injure occupants or damage the
follow all of the child restraint rear seat. vehicle.
manufacturer’s instructions for — Be sure to purchase a child
installation and use. restraint that will fit the child
— Infants and children should and vehicle. Some child re- CAUTION
never be held on anyone’s lap. straints may not fit properly in
Even the strongest adult cannot your vehicle. A child restraint in a closed vehicle can
resist the forces of a collision. — Child restraint anchor points are become very hot. Check the seating
— Do not put a seat belt around designed to withstand loads surface and buckles before placing a
both a child and another pas- from child restraints that are child in the child restraint.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

55. Black plate (54,1)
This vehicle is equipped with a universal child sure the child restraint is compatible with
restraint anchor system, referred to as the your child. Choose a child restraint that is
LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil- designed for your child’s height and weight.
dren) system. Some child restraints include rigid Always follow all recommended procedures.
or webbing-mounted attachments that can be All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
connected to these anchors. territories require that infants and small
For details, see “LATCH Lower Anchors Sys- children be restrained in an approved child
tem” later in this section. restraint at all times while the vehicle is
being operated. Canadian law requires the
LATCH child restraints generally require the use
top tether strap on forward-facing child
of a top tether strap. If your vehicle does not
restraints to be secured to the designated
have top tether anchor locations, do not install a
anchor point on the vehicle.
child restraints in your vehicle that requires the
use of a top tether strap. SSS0419B
If you do not have a LATCH compatible child LATCH label location (Hardtop models)
restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.
Several manufacturers offer child restraints for
infants and small children of various sizes. When
selecting any child restraint, keep the following
points in mind:
. Choose only a restraint with a label certifying
that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the child restraint in your vehicle to
be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s
seat and seat belt system.
. If the child restraint is compatible with your
SSS0933
vehicle, place your child in the child restraint
LATCH label location (CrossCabriolet models)
and check the various adjustments to be
1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

56. Black plate (55,1)
LATCH Lower Anchors SYSTEM
GUID-5B0A4406-68B6-491C-B161-EC20158AB5AF restraint will not be secured prop-
Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor erly.
points that are used with the LATCH (Lower . Inspect the lower anchors by insert-
Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system ing your fingers into the lower
compatible child restraints. This system may anchor area. Feel to make sure
also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX there are no obstructions over the
compatible system. With this system, you do not anchors such as seat belt webbing
have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the or seat cushion material. The child
child restraint. restraint will not be secured prop-
The LATCH anchor points are provided to install erly if the lower anchors are ob-
child restraints in the rear outboard seating structed.
positions only.
LATCH lower anchor SSS0637
GUID-4797B6AD-EBE0-4886-9CA1-312C75CE0CF6
LATCH lower anchor location
WARNING LATCH lowerGUID-94E9EDFE-3FEF-48B7-A3C5-82134F7A076B
anchor location
The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of
Failure to follow the warnings and the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is
instructions for proper use and installa- attached to the seatback to help you locate the
tion of child restraints could result in LATCH anchors.
serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
. Attach LATCH system compatible
child restraints only at the locations
shown in the illustration.
. Do not secure a child restraint in the
center rear seating position using
the LATCH lower anchors. The child
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

57. Black plate (56,1)
SSS0643 SSS0644 SSS0822
LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid attachment
Installing child restraint LATCH lower If your vehicle is equipped with a top tether Top tether anchor (Hardtop models)
GUID-0CAD3BA9-2525-4BC2-BA48-40988918011E
anchor attachments anchor, it must be used when installing child
GUID-4BE9649D-8090-4388-B26D-DF734FBAADA5
restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attach- WARNING
LATCH compatible child restraints include two
ments or seat belts. See “Top tether anchor
rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can
(Hardtop models)” later in this section for . If the cargo cover (if so equipped)
be connected to anchors located at certain
installation instructions (Hardtop models). contacts the top tether strap when it
seating positions in your vehicle. With this
system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat When installing a child restraint, carefully read is attached to the top tether anchor,
belt to secure the child restraint. Check your and follow the instructions in this manual and remove the cargo cover from the
child restraint for a label stating that it is those supplied with the child restraint. vehicle or secure it on the cargo
compatible with LATCH. This information may floor below its attachment location.
also be in the instructions provided by the child If the cargo cover is not removed, it
restraint manufacturer. may damage the top tether strap
during a collision. Your child could
be seriously injured or killed in a
collision if the child restraint top
1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

58. Black plate (57,1)
tether strap is damaged.
. Do not allow cargo to contact the
top tether strap when it is attached
to the top tether anchor. Properly
secure the cargo so it does not
contact the top tether strap. Cargo
that is not properly secured or cargo
that contacts the top tether strap
may damage the top tether strap
during a collision. Your child could
be seriously injured or killed in a
collision if the child restraint top
tether strap is damaged. SSS0648 SSS0639
Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3
Top tether anchor point locations:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-
Anchor points are located on the back side of ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check
the seatbacks. to make sure the LATCH attachment is
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN- properly attached to the lower anchors.
STALLATION USING LATCH
GUID-0637B231-098A-443B-BFD0-B842E89E11E5
3. For child restraints that are equipped with
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child webbing-mounted attachments, remove any
safety” and “Child restraints” sections before additional slack from the anchor attach-
installing a child restraint. ments. Press downward and rearward firmly
in the center of the child restraint with your
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion
restraint using the LATCH system:
and seatback while tightening the webbing
1. Position the child restraint on the seat. of the anchor attachments.
Always follow the child restraint manufac-
turer’s instructions. SSS0649
Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

59. Black plate (58,1)
5. Check to make sure the child restraint is section. (Hardtop models)
properly secured prior to each use. If the
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 4.
REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-
STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS
GUID-8DE8014C-18D8-487E-9787-117D005E68B6
WARNING
. The three-point seat belt with Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
be used when installing a child
SSS0650 restraint. Failure to use the ALR
Rear-facing — step 4 mode will result in the child re-
4. After attaching the child restraint, test it straint not being properly secured.
before you place the child in it. Push it from The restraint could tip over or be
side to side while holding the child restraint loose and cause injury to a child in a
near the LATCH attachment path. The child sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
restraint should not move more than 1 inch change the operation of the front
(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it passenger air bag. See “Front pas-
forward and check to see if the LATCH senger air bag and status light”
attachment holds the restraint in place. If the later in this section.
restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH . When installing a child restraint
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint system in the rear center position,
in another seat and test it again. You may both the center seat belt connector
need to try a different child restraint or try tongue and buckle tongue must be
installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if secured. See “Rear center seat belt
applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all (Hardtop models)” earlier in this
types of vehicles.
1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

60. Black plate (59,1)
SSS0100 SSS0654 SSS0655
Rear-facing — step 1 Rear-facing — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully
safety” earlier in this section and “Child re- restraint and insert it into the buckle until you extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor
straints” earlier in this section before installing a hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
child restraint. follow the child restraint manufacturer’s mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child instructions for belt routing. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear when the seat belt is fully retracted.
seats:
1. Child restraints for infants must be
used in the rear-facing direction and
therefore must not be used in the front
seat. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

61. Black plate (60,1)
SSS0656 SSS0657 SSS0658
Rear-facing — step 4 Rear-facing — step 5 Rear-facing — step 6
4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 5. Remove any additional slack from the seat 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it
shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. belt; press downward and rearward firmly in before you place the child in it. Push it from
the center of the child restraint to compress side to side while holding the child restraint
the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while near the seat belt path. The child restraint
pulling up on the seat belt. should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),
from side to side. Try to tug it forward and
check to see if the belt holds the restraint in
place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten
the seat belt as necessary, or put the
restraint in another seat and test it again.
You may need to try a different child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all
types of vehicles.
7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

62. Black plate (61,1)
seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1
through 6.
After the child restraint is removed and the seat
belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint
mode) is canceled.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-
STRAINT INSTALLATION USING
LATCH (Hardtop models only)
GUID-C0068E19-F4E9-4C59-AAD1-F67BC6381275
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety” and “Child restraints” sections before
installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
child restraint using the LATCH system: SSS0645 SSS0646
Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2 Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 3
1. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufac- 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach- 3. The back of the child restraint should be
turer’s instructions. ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check secured against the vehicle seatback.
to make sure the LATCH attachment is If necessary, adjust or remove the headrest
properly attached to the lower anchors. to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the
If the child restraint is equipped with a top headrest is removed, store it in a secure
tether strap, route the top tether strap and place. Be sure to reinstall the headrest
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor when the child restraint is removed.
point. See “Installing top tether strap (Hard- See “Adjustable headrest (Hardtop mod-
top models)” later in this section. Do not els)” earlier in this section for headrest
install child restraints that require the use of adjustment information.
a top tether strap in seating positions that do If the seating position does not have an
not have a top tether anchor. adjustable headrest and it is interfering with
the proper child restraint fit, try another
seating position or a different child restraint.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

63. Black plate (62,1)
child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1
through 6.
FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-
STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE
SEAT BELTSGUID-D986E0DE-3F9D-4081-B625-7A6C59773877
WARNING
. The three-point seat belt with Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
be used when installing a child
restraint. Failure to use the ALR
SSS0647 SSS0638 mode will result in the child re-
Forward-facing — step 4 Forward-facing — step 6 straint not being properly secured.
4. For child restraints that are equipped with 6. After attaching the child restraint, test it The restraint could tip over or be
webbing-mounted attachments, remove any before you place the child in it. Push it from loose and cause injury to a child in a
additional slack from the anchor attach- side to side while holding the child restraint sudden stop or collision. Also, it can
ments. Press downward and rearward firmly near the LATCH attachment path. The child change the operation of the front
in the center of the child restraint with your restraint should not move more than 1 inch passenger air bag. See “Front pas-
knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it senger air bag and status light”
and seatback while tightening the webbing forward and check to see if the LATCH later in this section.
of the anchor attachments. attachment holds the restraint in place. If the . When installing a child restraint
5. Tighten the tether strap according to the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH system in the rear center position,
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any attachment as necessary, or put the restraint both the center seat belt connector
slack. in another seat and test it again. You may tongue and buckle tongue must be
need to try a different child restraint. Not all secured. See “Rear center seat belt
child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. (Hardtop models)” earlier in this
7. Check to make sure the child restraint is section. (for Hardtop models)
properly secured prior to each use. If the
1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

64. Black plate (63,1)
2. Position the child restraint on the seat.
Always follow the child restraint manufac-
turer’s instructions.
The back of the child restraint should be
secured against the vehicle seatback.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
restraint or headrest to obtain the correct
child restraint fit. If the head restraint or
headrest is removed, store it in a secure
place. Be sure to reinstall the head
restraint or headrest when the child
restraint is removed. See “Head re-
SSS0640
straints” earlier in this section or “Adjustable SSS0360B
headrest (Hardtop models)” earlier in this
Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1 Forward-facing — step 3
section for head restraint or headrest
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child adjustment, removal and installation informa- 3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
safety” and “Child restraints” sections before tion. restraint and insert it into the buckle until you
installing a child restraint. hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to
If the seating position does not have an follow the child restraint manufacturer’s
Follow these steps to install a forward-facing adjustable head restraint or headrest and it
child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the instructions for belt routing.
is interfering with the proper child restraint
rear seats or in the front passenger seat: fit, try another seating position or a different If the child restraint is equipped with a top
1. If you must install a child restraint in child restraint. tether strap, route the top tether strap and
the front seat, it should be placed in a secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
forward-facing direction only. Move the point (rear seat installation only, Hardtop
seat to the rearmost position. Child models). See “Installing top tether strap
restraints for infants must be used in (Hardtop models)” later in this section. Do
the rear-facing direction and, therefore, not install child restraints that require the
must not be used in the front seat. use of a top tether strap in seating positions
that do not have a top tether anchor.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

65. Black plate (64,1)
SSS0651 SSS0652 SSS0653
Forward-facing — step 4 Forward-facing — step 5 Forward-facing — step 6
4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the 6. Remove any additional slack from the seat
extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. belt; press downward and rearward firmly in
is in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) the center of the child restraint with your
mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion
Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode and seatback while pulling up on the seat
when the seat belt is fully retracted. belt.
7. Tighten the tether strap according to the
manufacturer’s instructions to remove any
slack.
1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

66. Black plate (65,1)
seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2
through 8.
SSS0641 SSS0823
Forward-facing — step 8 Forward-facing — step 10
8. After attaching the child restraint, test it 10. If the child restraint is installed in the front
before you place the child in it. Push it from passenger seat, place the ignition switch in
side to side while holding the child restraint the ON position. The front passenger air bag
near the seat belt path. The child restraint status light should illuminate. If this light
should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), is not illuminated, see “Front passenger air
from side to side. Try to tug it forward and bag and status light” later in this section.
check to see if the belt holds the restraint in Move the child restraint to another
place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten seating position. Have the system
the seat belt as necessary, or put the checked by a NISSAN dealer.
restraint in another seat and test it again. After the child restraint is removed and the seat
You may need to try a different child belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child
restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all restraint mode) is canceled.
types of vehicles.
9. Check to make sure the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

67. Black plate (66,1)
Position the top tether strap over the top of . A booster seat must only be in-
the seatback. stalled in a seating position that has
2. Secure the top tether strap to the tether a lap/shoulder belt.
anchor point on the back of the seatback
behind the child restraint.
3. Refer to the appropriate child restraint
installation procedure steps in this section
before tightening the tether strap.
If you have any questions when installing a
top tether strap, consult your NISSAN
dealer for details.
BOOSTER SEATS
GUID-5C761715-A70E-4E74-8871-BE6A74AC0326
SSS0822
Precautions on booster seats
GUID-469816AF-C7E6-4180-AFB1-93AE88597A78
INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP
(Hardtop models)
GUID-10E4B72F-E871-4B10-A99B-9504B51D59C9
First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH
WARNING
lower anchors (rear outboard seat positions If a booster seat and seat belt are not
only) or the seat belt, as applicable. used properly, the risk of a child being
1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrest to injured in a sudden stop or collision
position the top tether strap over the top of greatly increases:
the seatback. If the headrest is removed,
. Make sure the shoulder portion of
store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall
the belt is away from the child’s face
the headrest when the child restraint is
and neck and the lap portion of the
removed.
belt does not cross the stomach.
See “Adjustable headrest (Hardtop mod-
. Make sure the shoulder belt is not
els)” earlier in this section for headrest
behind the child or under the child’s
adjustment, removal and installation informa-
arm.
tion.
1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

68. Black plate (67,1)
LRS0455 LRS0453 LRS0464
Booster seats of various sizes are offered by . Make sure the child’s head will be properly All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
several manufacturers. When selecting any supported by the booster seat or vehicle territories require that infants and small
booster seat, keep the following points in mind: seat. The seatback must be at or above the children be restrained in an approved child
. Choose only a booster seat with a label center of the child’s ears. For example, if a restraint at all times while the vehicle is
certifying that it complies with Federal Motor low back booster seat * is chosen, the
1 being operated.
Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian vehicle seatback must be at or above the The instructions in this section apply to booster
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is seat installation in the rear seats or the front
. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be lower than the center of the child’s ears, a passenger seat.
sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat high back booster seat * should be used.
2
. If the booster seat is compatible with your Booster seat installation
and seat belt system. GUID-DD7C3A91-D5DD-463D-A292-37C02FD6C0EF
vehicle, place your child in the booster seat
and check the various adjustments to be
sure the booster seat is compatible with
CAUTION
your child. Always follow all recommended Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-
procedures. matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

69. Black plate (68,1)
when using a booster seat with the seat
belts.
Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
safety” earlier in this section, “Child restraints”
earlier in this section and “Booster seats” earlier
in this section before installing a child restraint.
Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the
rear seat or in the front passenger seat:
SSS0640 LRS0454
Front passenger position
1. If you must install a booster seat in the
3. The booster seat should be positioned on
front seat, move the seat to the rear-
the vehicle seat so that it is stable.
most position.
If necessary, adjust or remove the head
2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only
restraint or headrest to obtain the correct
place it in a forward-facing direction. Always
booster seat fit. If the head restraint or
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
headrest is removed, store it in a secure
instructions.
place. Be sure to reinstall the head
restraint or headrest when the booster
seat is removed. See “Head restraints”
earlier in this section or “Adjustable headrest
(Hardtop models)” earlier in this section for
head restraint or headrest adjustment, re-
moval and installation information.
If the seating position does not have an
1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

70. Black plate (69,1)
adjustable head restraint or headrest and it
is interfering with the proper booster seat fit,
try another seating position or a different
booster seat.
4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low
and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to
follow the booster seat manufacturer’s
instructions for adjusting the seat belt
routing.
5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt
toward the retractor to take up extra slack.
Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned
across the top, middle portion of the child’s SSS0823
shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat
manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the 7. If the booster seat is installed in the front
seat belt routing. passenger seat, place the ignition switch in
6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc- the ON position. The front passenger air bag
tions for properly fastening a seat belt status light may or may not illuminate
shown in “Seat belts” earlier in this section. depending on the size of the child and the
type of booster seat used. See “Front
passenger air bag and status light” later in
this section.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

71. Black plate (70,1)
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
GUID-89C89C02-D98C-47EA-BD3E-60C2DD1787AC
PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and should always be correctly worn and the
RESTRAINTGUID-7DBBCDDD-81AC-4813-B231-7475F02B5DFA
SYSTEM rollover supplemental air bag system (for occupant seated a suitable distance away from
Hardtop models): This system can help the steering wheel, instrument panel and door
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
cushion the impact force to the head of finishers. (See “Seat belts” earlier in this section
section contains important information concern-
occupants in front and rear outboard seating for instructions and precautions on seat belt
ing the following systems:
positions in certain side impact or rollover usage.)
. Driver and passenger supplemental front- collisions. In a side impact, the curtain and The supplemental air bags operate only
impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag rollover air bags are designed to inflate on the when the ignition switch is in the ON
System) side where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, position.
. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- the curtain and rollover air bags on both sides
mental air bag After pushing the ignition switch to the ON
are designed to inflate. Under both side-impact
position, the supplemental air bag warning
. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- and rollover situations, the curtain air bags will
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
over supplemental air bag (for Hardtop remain inflated for a short period of time.
warning light will turn off after about 7
models) Door-mounted curtain side-impact and seconds if the systems are operational.
. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- rollover supplemental air bag system (for
over supplemental air bag (for CrossCabrio- CrossCabriolet models): This system can
let models) help cushion the impact force to the heads of
. Seat belt pretensioner the driver and front passenger in certain side-
Supplemental front-impact air bag system: impact or rollover collisions. In a side impact, the
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can curtain and rollover air bags are designed to
help cushion the impact force to the head and inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
chest of the driver and front passenger in certain In a rollover, the curtain and rollover air bags on
frontal collisions. both sides are designed to inflate. Under both
side-impact and rollover situations, the curtain
Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-
air bags will remain inflated for a short period of
mental air bag system: This system can help
time.
cushion the impact force to the chest area of the
driver and front passenger in certain side impact These supplemental restraint systems are de-
collisions. The side air bags are designed to signed to supplement the crash protection
inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. provided by the driver and passenger seat belts
and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts
1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

72. Black plate (71,1)
WARNING
. The front air bags ordinarily will not
inflate in the event of a side impact,
rear impact, rollover, or lower se-
verity frontal collision. Always wear
your seat belts to help reduce the
risk or severity of injury in various
kinds of accidents.
. The front passenger air bag will not
inflate if the passenger air bag
status light is lit or if the front
SSS0131
passenger seat is unoccupied. See
“Front passenger air bag and status
light” later in this section.
. The seat belts and the front air bags
are most effective when you are
sitting well back and upright in the
seat with both feet on the floor. The
front air bags inflate with great
force. Even with the NISSAN Ad-
vanced Air Bag System, if you are
unrestrained, leaning forward, sit-
ting sideways or out of position in
any way, you are at greater risk of
injury or death in a crash. You may
SSS0132 also receive serious or fatal injuries
from the front air bag if you are up
against it when it inflates. Always sit
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

73. Black plate (72,1)
back against the seatback and as crease the risk that they are injured
far-away as practical from the steer- if the front air bag inflates.
ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-
ways use the seat belts.
. The driver and front passenger seat
belt buckles are equipped with
sensors that detect if the seat belts
are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag
System monitors the severity of a
collision and seat belt usage then
inflates the air bags as needed.
Failure to properly wear seat belts
can increase the risk or severity of SSS0007
injury in an accident.
. The front passenger seat is
equipped with an occupant classifi-
cation sensor (pattern sensor) that
turns the front passenger air bag
OFF under some conditions. This
sensor is only used in this seat.
Failure to be properly seated and
wearing the seat belt can increase
the risk or severity of injury in an
accident. See “Front passenger air
bag and status light” later in this
section.
. Keep hands on the outside of the
SSS0006
steering wheel. Placing them inside
the steering wheel rim could in-
1-50 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

74. Black plate (73,1)
WARNING
. Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some
examples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side
air bags or curtain and rollover air
bags inflate if they are not properly
SSS0008 SSS0099
restrained. Pre-teens and children
should be properly restrained in the
rear seat, if possible.
. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rear-
facing child restraint in the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child.
See “Child restraints” earlier in this
section for details.
SSS0009 SSS0100
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

75. Black plate (74,1)
SSS0059A SSS0140 SSS0159
Do not lean against doors or windows.
WARNING
Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-
plemental air bags and roof-mounted
curtain side-impact and rollover supple-
mental air bags (Hardtop models) or
door-mounted curtain side-impact and
rollover supplemental air bags (Cross-
Cabriolet models):
. The side air bags and curtain air
bags ordinarily will not inflate in the
SSS0162 event of a frontal impact, rear im-
SSS0188A pact or lower severity side collision.
Always wear your seat belts to help
1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

76. Black plate (75,1)
reduce the risk or severity of injury . Do not use seat covers on the front
in various kinds of accidents. seatbacks. They may interfere with
. The seat belts and air bags are most side air bag inflation.
effective when you are sitting well
back and upright in the seat with
both feet on the floor. The air bags
inflate with great force. Do not allow
anyone to place their hand, leg or
face near the side air bag on the
side of the seatback of the front
seat, near the side roof rails (Hard-
top models), or near the top of the
door finisher (CrossCabriolet mod-
els). Do not allow anyone sitting in
the front seats or rear outboard
seats to extend their hand out of
the window or lean against the
door. Some examples of dangerous
riding positions are shown in the
previous illustrations.
. When sitting in the rear seat, do not
hold onto the seatback of the front
seat. If the side air bag inflates, you
may be seriously injured. Be espe-
cially careful with children, who
should always be properly re-
strained. Some examples of danger-
ous riding positions are shown in
the illustrations.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

77. Black plate (76,1)
10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
SSS0847
Hardtop models
NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)
GUID-62252794-B440-46E4-B4A3-195A0FB9B0EC
1. Crash zone sensor 6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules supplemental air bags
3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
air bag modules supplemental air bag inflators
4. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor) 8. Seat belt pretensioners
5. Occupant classification system control unit 9. Satellite sensors
1-54 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

78. Black plate (77,1)
This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN
Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and
front passenger seats. This system is designed
to meet certification requirements under U.S.
regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.
However, all of the information, cautions
and warnings in this manual still apply and
must be followed.
The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is
located in the center of the steering wheel; the
passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is
mounted in the instrument panel above the glove
box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in
higher severity frontal collisions, although they
may inflate if the forces in another type of
collision are similar to those of a higher severity
frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain
frontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is
not always an indication of proper front air bag
operation.
The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has
SSS1174 dual stage air bag inflators. The system monitors
CrossCabriolet models information from the crash zone sensor, satellite
1. Crash zone sensor 7. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
sensor, Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt
2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules supplemental air bag inflators
buckle sensors and occupant classification
3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental 8. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
supplemental air bags sensor (pattern sensor). Inflator operation is
air bags
9. Satellite sensors
based on the severity of a collision and seat belt
4. Occupant classification system control unit
usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the
5. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor) 10. Seat belt pretensioners
occupant classification sensor is also monitored.
6. Dual pop-up roll bars 11. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)
Based on information from the sensors, only one
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

79. Black plate (78,1)
front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on and chest of the front occupants. They can help
the crash severity and whether the front save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,
occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally, an inflating front air bag may cause facial
the front passenger air bag may be automatically abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do
turned OFF under some conditions, depending not provide restraint to the lower body.
on the information provided by the occupant Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
classification sensor. If the front passenger air belts should be correctly worn and the driver
bag is OFF, the passenger air bag status light and passenger seated upright as far as practical
will be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the away from the steering wheel or instrument
light will not be illuminated, but the air bag will panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order
be off). (See “Front passenger air bag and to help protect the front occupants. Because of
status light” later in this section for further this, the force of the front air bag inflating can
details.) One front air bag inflating does not increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too
indicate improper performance of the system. close to, or is against, the air bag module during SSS0823
Front passenger air bag status light
If you have any questions about your air bag inflation.
system, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. If The front air bags will deflate quickly after a Front passenger air bag and status light
GUID-3CBF7429-7AEE-4E17-9176-3C55CA8B9FB7
you are considering modification of your vehicle collision.
due to a disability, you may also contact
NISSAN. Contact information is contained in
The front air bags operate only when the WARNING
ignition switch is in the ON position.
the front of this Owner’s Manual.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON The front passenger air bag is designed
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise to automatically turn OFF under some
position, the supplemental air bag warning
may be heard, followed by release of smoke. conditions. Read this section carefully
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate to learn how it operates. Proper use of
warning light will turn off after about 7
a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it the seat, seat belt and child restraints is
seconds if the system is operational.
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a necessary for most effective protection.
history of a breathing condition should get fresh Failure to follow all instructions in this
air promptly. manual concerning the use of seats,
Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, seat belts and child restraints can
help to cushion the impact force on the head increase the risk or severity of injury in
1-56 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

80. Black plate (79,1)
an accident. below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure
front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly
in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags for the most effective protection by the seat belt
Status light: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 in your vehicle are not part of this system. and supplemental air bag.
The front passenger air bag status light is The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-
located on the instrument panel below the air the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.
conditioner controls. After the ignition switch is to certain front passenger seat occupants, such NISSAN also recommends that appropriate
placed in the ON position, the front passenger as children, by requiring the air bag to be child restraints and booster seats be properly
air bag status light illuminates for about 7 automatically turned OFF. installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the
seconds and then turns off or illuminates occupant classification sensor is designed to
depending on the front passenger occupied The occupant classification sensor (pattern
sensor) is in the front passenger seat cushion operate as described above to turn the front
status. The light operates as follows: passenger air bag OFF for specified child
and is designed to detect an occupant and
. Unoccupied passenger seat: The objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in restraints. Failing to properly secure child
light is OFF and the front passenger air the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag restrains and to use the Automatic Locking
bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash. System is designed to turn the passenger air Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)
. Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult, bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. may allow the restraint to tip or move in an
child or child restraint as outlined in this Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in accident or sudden stop. This can also result in
section: The light illuminates to the regulations is on the seat, the occupant the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead
indicate that the front passenger air bag is classification sensor can detect it and cause the of being OFF. (See “Child restraints” earlier in
OFF and will not inflate in a crash. air bag to turn OFF. this section for proper use and installation.)
. Occupied passenger seat and the passen- Front passenger seat adult occupants who are If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
ger meets the conditions outlined in this properly seated and using the seat belt as passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a
section: The light is OFF to indicate outlined in this manual should not cause the crash. However, heavy objects placed on the
that the front passenger air bag is opera- passenger air bag to be automatically turned seat could result in air bag inflation, because of
tional. OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, the object being detected by the occupant
Front passenger air bag: however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat classification sensor. Other conditions could
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is
The front passenger air bag is designed to
sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise standing on the seat, or if two children are on the
automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is
being out of position), this could cause the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.
operated under some conditions as described
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

81. Black plate (80,1)
occupants are seated and restrained properly. OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the . Do not place objects with sharp
Using the passenger air bag status light, you can system is OFF by using a special tool. However, edges on the seat. Also, do not
monitor when the front passenger air bag is until you have confirmed with your dealer that place heavy objects on the seat that
automatically turned OFF with the seat occu- your air bag is working properly, reposition the will leave permanent impressions in
pied. The light will not illuminate when the front occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. the seat. Such objects can damage
passenger seat is unoccupied. The air bag system and passenger air bag status the seat or occupant classification
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the light will take a few seconds to register a change sensor (pattern sensor). This can
passenger air bag status light is illuminated in the passenger seat status. However, if the affect the operation of the air bag
(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be seat becomes unoccupied, the air bag status system and result in serious perso-
that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting light will remain off. nal injury.
on the seat properly. If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air . Do not use water or acidic cleaners
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, bag system, the supplemental air bag warning (hot steam cleaners) on the seat.
the passenger air bag status light may or may light , located in the meter and gauges area, This can damage the seat or occu-
not be illuminated, depending on the size of the will blink. Have the system checked by a pant classification sensor. This can
child and the type of child restraint being used. If NISSAN dealer. also affect the operation of the air
the air bag status light is not illuminated bag system and result in serious
Other supplemental front-impact air bag personal injury.
(indicating that the air bag might inflate in a
precautions GUID-1331924B-CE23-4E8A-A024-69044301EFB8
crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat . Immediately after inflation, several
belt is not being used properly. Make sure that front air bag system components
the child restraint is installed properly, the seat WARNING will be hot. Do not touch them; you
belt is used properly and the occupant is may severely burn yourself.
positioned properly. If the air bag status light is . Do not place any objects on the . No unauthorized changes should be
not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child steering wheel pad or on the instru- made to any components or wiring
restraint in a rear seat. ment panel. Also, do not place any of the supplemental air bag system.
If the passenger air bag status light will not objects between any occupant and This is to prevent accidental infla-
illuminate even though you believe that the child the steering wheel or instrument tion of the supplemental air bag or
restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are panel. Such objects may become damage to the supplemental air bag
properly positioned, the system may be sensing dangerous projectiles and cause system.
an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is injury if the front air bags inflate.
1-58 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

82. Black plate (81,1)
. Do not make unauthorized changes classification sensor. inform the buyer about the front air bag system
to your vehicle’s electrical system, and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
. No unauthorized changes should be in this Owner’s Manual.
suspension system or front end made to any components or wiring
structure. This could affect proper of the seat belt system. This may
operation of the front air bag sys- affect the front air bag system.
tem. Tampering with the seat belt system
. Tampering with the supplemental may result in serious personal in-
air bag system may result in serious jury.
personal injury. Tampering includes . Work on and around the front air
changes to the steering wheel and bag system should be done by a
the instrument panel assembly by NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-
placing material over the steering trical equipment should also be
wheel pad and above the instrument done by a NISSAN dealer. The
panel or by installing additional trim Supplemental Restraint System
material around the air bag system. (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not
. Modifying or tampering with the be modified or disconnected. Un-
front passenger seat may result in authorized electrical test equipment
serious personal injury. For exam- and probing devices should not be
ple, do not change the front seats by used on the air bag system.
placing material on the seat cushion . A cracked windshield should be
or by installing additional trim ma- replaced immediately by a qualified
terial, such as seat covers, on the repair facility. A cracked windshield
seat that is not specifically designed could affect the function of the
to assure proper air bag operation. supplemental air bag system.
Additionally, do not stow any ob-
jects under the front passenger seat * The SRS wiring harness connectors are
or the seat cushion and seatback. yellow and orange for easy identification.
Such objects may interfere with the
proper operation of the occupant When selling your vehicle, we request that you
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

83. Black plate (82,1)
FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM- Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND indication of proper side air bag and curtain and
ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM- rollover air bag operation.
PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN- When the side air bags and curtain and rollover
TAL AIR BAG (Hardtop models) OR air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,
DOOR-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM- followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not
PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN- harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should
TAL AIR BAG (CrossCabriolet models) be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation
and choking. Those with a history of a breathing
SYSTEMS GUID-EB2F6895-6E81-4642-9F76-FC0B9A82DFD3
condition should get fresh air promptly.
The side air bags are located in the outside of
the seatback of the front seats. The curtain air Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
bags are located in the side roof rails (Hardtop help to cushion the impact force on the chest
SSS0848 models) or upper side of the door trim (Cross- and pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain
Cabriolet models). These systems are designed and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact
Hardtop models
to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the force to the heads of occupants in the front and
risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. rear outboard seating positions (Hardtop mod-
However, all of the information, cautions els) or the heads of the driver and front
and warnings in this manual still apply and passenger (CrossCabriolet models). They can
must be followed. The side air bags and help save lives and reduce serious injuries.
curtain and rollover air bags are designed to However, side air bags and curtain and rollover
inflate in higher severity side collisions, although air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries.
they may inflate if the forces in another type of Side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags
collision are similar to those of a higher severity do not provide restraint to the lower body.
side impact. They are designed to inflate on the The seat belts should be correctly worn and the
side where the vehicle is impacted. They may driver and passenger seated upright as far as
not inflate in certain side collisions. Curtain and practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat
rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in passengers should be seated as far away as
SSS0982 certain types of rollover collisions or near practical from the door finishers and side roof
CrossCabriolet moldels rollovers. rails. The side air bags and curtain and rollover
1-60 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

84. Black plate (83,1)
air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect bag (CrossCabriolet model) inflates. . Work around and on the side air bag
the occupants. Because of this, the force of the and curtain and rollover air bag
side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags . Right after inflation, several side air
bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems should be done by a
inflating can increase the risk of injury if the NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-
occupant is too close to, or is against, these air system components will be hot. Do
not touch them; you may severely trical equipment should also be
bag modules during inflation. In a rollover, the done by a NISSAN dealer. The
curtain and rollover air bags on both sides are burn yourself.
Supplemental Restraint System
designed to inflate. Under both side-impact and . No unauthorized changes should be
(SRS) wiring harnesses* should not
rollover situations, the curtain air bags will made to any components or wiring
be modified or disconnected. Un-
remain inflated for a short period of time. of this side air bag and curtain and
authorized electrical test equipment
The side air bags and curtain and rollover rollover air bags. This is to prevent
and probing devices should not be
air bags operate only when the ignition damage to or accidental inflation of
used on the side air bag and curtain
switch is in the ON position. the side-impact air bag and curtain
and rollover air bag systems.
side-impact and rollover air bag
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON systems.
position, the supplemental air bag warning * The SRS wiring harness connectors are
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag . Do not make unauthorized changes yellow and orange for easy identification.
warning light will turn off after about 7 to your vehicle’s electrical system,
suspension system, door panel, When selling your vehicle, we request that you
seconds if the systems are operational. inform the buyer about the side air bag and
door trim, or side panel. This could
affect proper operation of the side curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide
WARNING air bag and curtain and rollover air the buyer to the appropriate sections in this
bag systems. Owner’s Manual.
. Do not place any objects near the . Tampering with the supplemental SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS
seatback of the front seats. Also, do air bag system may result in serious (front seats) GUID-3B87B5A0-4336-4C99-89BF-22D756A42161
not place any objects (an umbrella, personal injury. For example, do not
bag, etc.) between the front door change the front seats by placing
finisher and the front seat. Such material near the seatbacks or by
WARNING
objects may become dangerous installing additional trim material,
projectiles and cause injury if a side . The pretensioners cannot be reused
such as seat covers, around the side
air bag or door-mounted curtain air after activation. They must be re-
air bag.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

85. Black plate (84,1)
placed together with the retractor Service Manual. Incorrect disposal by a NISSAN dealer.
and buckle as a unit. procedures could cause personal When selling your vehicle, we request that you
. If the vehicle becomes involved in a injury. inform the buyer about the pretensioner system
collision but a pretensioner is not and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
activated, be sure to have the pre- The pretensioner system may activate with the in this Owner’s Manual.
tensioner system checked and, if supplemental air bag system in certain types of
necessary, replaced by a NISSAN collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it
dealer. helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle
becomes involved in certain types of collisions,
. No unauthorized changes should be
helping to restrain front seat occupants.
made to any components or wiring
of the pretensioner system. This is The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt
to prevent damage to or accidental retractor. These seat belts are used the same
activation of the pretensioners. way as conventional seat belts.
Tampering with the pretensioner When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-
system may result in serious perso- leased and a loud noise may be heard. The
nal injury. smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a
. Work around and on the preten- fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
sioner system should be done by a may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec- history of a breathing condition should get fresh
trical equipment should also be air promptly.
done by a NISSAN dealer. Un- After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow
authorized electrical test equipment the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to
and probing devices should not be reduce forces against the chest.
used on the pretensioner system. The supplemental air bag warning light is
. If you need to dispose of a preten- used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner
sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a system. (See “Supplemental air bag warning
NISSAN dealer. Correct preten- light” later in this section for more details.) If the
sioner disposal procedures are set supplemental air bag warning light indicates
forth in the appropriate NISSAN there is a malfunction, have the system checked
1-62 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

86. Black plate (85,1)
. The supplemental air bag warning light
remains on after approximately 7 seconds.
. The supplemental air bag warning light
flashes intermittently.
. The supplemental air bag warning light does
not come on at all.
Under these conditions, the air bags and/or
pretensioner systems may not operate properly.
They must be checked and repaired. Take your
vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.
WARNING
SSS1016 SPA1097
If the supplemental air bag warning
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING light is on, it could mean that the air
LABELS GUID-903148F5-C14E-43FA-AED1-8BBDAE796F82
LIGHT GUID-51E691C0-0E01-4640-9FB4-F2F56D4D2B94 bags and/or pretensioner systems will
Warning labels about the supplemental front- The supplemental air bag warning light, display- not operate in an accident. To help
impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle ing in the instrument panel, monitors the avoid injury to yourself or others, have
as shown in the illustration. circuits for the air bag systems, pretensioners your vehicle checked by a NISSAN
and all related wiring. dealer as soon as possible.
SRS air bag GUID-7BC8FADF-7E78-40A4-B77A-006F326840B9
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
The warning labels * are located on the
1
the supplemental air bag warning light illumi- REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-
surface of the sun visors.
nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. CEDURE GUID-BE097191-F8D3-4AAC-850E-F3F16831D6C5
This means the SRS air bag systems are The front air bags, side air bags, curtain and
operational. rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed
If any of the following conditions occur, the air to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a
bags and/or pretensioner systems need servi- reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen-
cing: tal air bag warning light will remain illuminated
after inflation has occurred. Repair and replace-
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

87. Black plate (86,1)
ment of these systems should be done only by a end or side portion of the vehicle.
NISSAN dealer.
. If you need to dispose of a supple-
When maintenance work is required on the mental air bag or pretensioner sys-
vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain tems, or scrap the vehicle, contact a
and rollover air bags and pretensioners and NISSAN dealer. Correct supplemen-
related parts should be pointed out to the tal air bag and pretensioner system
person performing the maintenance. The ignition disposal procedures are set forth in
switch should always be in the LOCK position the appropriate NISSAN Service
when working under the hood or inside the Manual. Incorrect disposal proce-
vehicle. dures could cause personal injury.
WARNING
SSS1178
. Once a front air bag, side air bag or
curtain and rollover air bag has DUAL POP-UP ROLL BAR SYSTEM
inflated, the air bag module will (CrossCabriolet models)
GUID-94609B65-694A-4C47-A779-9B5BB5581CB7
not function again and must be The dual pop-up roll bars are designed to
replaced. Additionally, the activated deploy only during rollover collisions. The dual
pretensioners must also be re- pop-up roll bars are located behind the rear
placed. The air bag module and seatback and deploy when the Air bag Control
pretensioner system should be re- Unit (ACU) judges that the vehicle will overturn.
placed by a NISSAN dealer. The air The dual pop-up roll bars, with proper seat belt
bag modules and pretensioner sys- usage, help preserve occupant headroom in a
tem cannot be repaired. rollover collision and can help reduce the risk of
. The front air bag, side air bag and occupant injury.
curtain and rollover air bag systems,
and pretensioner system should be
inspected by a NISSAN dealer if
there is any damage to the front
1-64 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

88. Black plate (87,1)
the dual pop-up roll bar to not
WARNING operate properly.
. Never allow anyone other than a
Failure to follow the warnings and
NISSAN dealer to retract or repair
instructions in this section may result
the dual pop-up roll bars. Always
in serious injury or death.
contact a NISSAN dealer after dual
. The dual pop-up roll bars deploy pop-up roll bars deploy.
upward at a high speed when acti-
vated. Keep hands and other body
parts away from the dual pop-up roll
bars.
. Never place objects (such as um-
brellas or accessories) near the dual
pop-up roll bars, which deploy from
the top of rear seatback. Such
objects can become dangerous pro-
jectiles when dual pop-up roll bars
deploy.
. Tampering with the dual pop-up roll
bars may cause them to uninten-
tionally deploy or operate abnor-
mally.
. Never open the dual pop-up roll bar
covers or modify or disassemble the
dual pop-up roll bars.
. Do not sit, place a heavy object, or
apply a strong load on the dual pop-
up roll bar cover. Doing so could
cause damage to the cover or cause
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-65
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

89. Black plate (88,1)
MEMO
1-66 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

90. Black plate (89,1)
2 Instruments and controls
Cockpit ........................................................................................ 2-3
... Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch ....... ... 2-35
>
Instrument panel ........................................................................ 2-4
... Headlight and turn signal switch .......................................
... 2-35
Meters and gauges ................................................................... 2-5
... Xenon headlights (if so equipped) ............................ ... 2-35
Speedometer and odometer ............................................ 2-6
... Headlight switch ............................................................
... 2-36
Tachometer ........................................................................... 2-7
... Turn signal switch ..........................................................
... 2-39
Engine coolant temperature gauge ................................ 2-7
... Fog light switch (if so equipped) ..............................
... 2-39
Fuel gauge ............................................................................ 2-8
... Hazard warning flasher switch ...........................................
... 2-39
Compass (if so equipped) ...................................................... 2-8
... Horn ..........................................................................................
... 2-40
Zone variation change procedure ................................ 2-10
... Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) ......................... ... 2-40
Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders ............ 2-11 ... Heated seats (if so equipped) ...........................................
... 2-41
Checking bulbs ................................................................. 2-12
... Clock ........................................................................................
... 2-42
Warning lights ................................................................... 2-12
... Models with color display ............................................
... 2-42
Indicator lights ................................................................... 2-16
... Models without color display ......................................
... 2-42
Audible reminders ............................................................ 2-19
... Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ................. ... 2-43
Dot matrix liquid crystal display .......................................... 2-19
... Power outlet ............................................................................
... 2-43
Operational indicators ..................................................... 2-20
... Cigarette lighter and ashtray (if so equipped) .............. ... 2-44
Maintenance indicators ................................................... 2-23
... Storage ....................................................................................
... 2-45
Trip computer .................................................................... 2-23
... Cup holders .....................................................................
... 2-45
Security systems .................................................................... 2-28
... Sunglasses holder (Hardtop models) ....................... ... 2-46
Vehicle security system (if so equipped) ................... 2-28 ... Glove box .........................................................................
... 2-47
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System .......................... 2-29 ... Console box ....................................................................
... 2-48
Windshield wiper and washer switch ............................... 2-31
... Storage box (if so equipped) ......................................
... 2-49
Rain-sensing auto wiper system (if so equipped) ..... 2-32 ... Cargo floor box (Hardtop models) ............................ ... 2-49
Rear window wiper and washer switch Luggage side box (Hardtop models) ........................ ... 2-50
(Hardtop models) ................................................................... 2-33
...
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

91. Black plate (90,1)
Cargo cover (if so equipped for Mood lights (Hardtop models) ..........................................
... 2-61
Hardtop models) ..............................................................
... 2-50 Vanity mirror lights .................................................................
... 2-61
Luggage hooks (Hardtop models) ...............................
... 2-51 Cargo lights (Hardtop models) ..........................................
... 2-61
Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet models) ................... ... 2-52 Trunk light (CrossCabriolet models) ................................
... 2-62
Roof rack (if so equipped for Hardtop models) ....... ... 2-53 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) ...... ... 2-62
Coat hooks (Hardtop models) ......................................
... 2-54 Programming HomeLink® .............................................
... 2-63
Windows ..................................................................................
... 2-54 Programming HomeLink® for
Power windows ................................................................
... 2-54 Canadian customers .....................................................
... 2-64
Moonroof (if so equipped for Hardtop models) ............. ... 2-57 Operating the HomeLink®
Automatic moonroof and sunshades .......................... ... 2-57 Universal Transceiver ....................................................
... 2-64
Interior lights ............................................................................
... 2-59 Programming trouble-diagnosis .................................
... 2-64
Map lights ...........................................................................
... 2-59 Clearing the programmed information ...................... ... 2-65
Personal lights (Hardtop models) ................................
... 2-59 Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button .......... ... 2-65
Interior light control switch ............................................
... 2-60 If your vehicle is stolen .................................................
... 2-65
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

92. Black plate (91,1)
COCKPIT
GUID-06B56D4D-A0AA-4178-A121-A31F959AC846
Cabriolet models)
10. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)
11. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)
or Remote walk-in switch (CrossCabriolet mod-
els)
12. Fuel-filler door opener switch
13. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever*
14. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch*
15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*
— Audio control*
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-
trol (models with navigation system)*
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-
trol (models without navigation system)*
16. Steering wheel
— Horn
— Driver supplemental air bag
— Power steering system
17. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
— Cruise control switches
18. Center-console mounted controls
— Heated seat switches*
SSI0838
— All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch*
1. Heated steering wheel switch* — Fog light* (Hardtop models)
2. Power lift gate switch* (Hardtop models) or 5. Trip computer switch — Soft top operating switch (CrossCabriolet
trunk lid release switch (CrossCabriolet models) models)
6. TRIP/RESET switch
3. Instrument brightness control switch 7. Wiper and washer switch *: if so equipped
4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch 8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch
— Headlight 9. Power lift gate main switch* (Hardtop models) or
— Turn signal light All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch (Cross-
Instruments and controls 2-3
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

93. Black plate (92,1)
INSTRUMENT PANEL
GUID-73174318-E521-4B16-8B9D-A3A74ECB1262
(models without navigation system)
7. Hazard warning flasher switch
8. Front passenger supplemental air bag
9. Hood release handle
10. Fuse box cover
11. Parking brake
12. Intelligent Key port
13. Audio system
— Clock*
14. Front passenger air bag status light
15. Power outlet
16. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster
switch
17. Heater/air conditioner control or Audio system
18. Trunk release power cancel switch (Cross-
Cabriolet models)
19. Glove box
*: if so equipped
**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-
er’s Manual (if so equipped).
SSI0839
1. Side ventilator 6. Heater/air conditioner control or Center multi-
2. Meters and gauges function control panel*
3. Push-button ignition switch — Navigation system**
4. Center ventilator — Vehicle information and setting buttons*
5. Center display — Bluetooth ® Hands-Free Phone System*
— Center color display* (models with navigation system)
— Navigation system** — Bluetooth ® Hands-Free Phone System*
2-4 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

94. Black plate (93,1)
METERS AND GAUGES
GUID-A68BAE6F-B6C6-458C-9E0C-28DA5D3B2890
LOCK position. This is not a malfunction.
JVO0043X
1. Instrument brightness control switch — Trip computer
2. Tachometer 8. Engine coolant temperature gauge
3. Speedometer 9. Odometer/twin trip odometer/Continuously Vari-
4. Fuel gauge able Transmission (CVT) position indicator
5. Warning/indicator lights 10. RESET switch for trip odometer
6. Trip computer switch The needle indicators may move slightly
7. Dot matrix liquid crystal display after the ignition switch is pushed to the
Instruments and controls 2-5
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

95. Black plate (94,1)
Resetting the GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
trip odometer:
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch * for more
3
than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero.
JVI0252X SIC4699
Speedometer Odometer/twin trip odometer
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
GUID-A5312850-B162-4691-B245-BFE52CFF92CD Odometer/twin trip odometer
GUID-8971DF72-32A1-467A-9B68-200871A5DCCC
SpeedometerGUID-6D108D90-F044-4A12-A5A1-80A313264F81 The odometer * and twin trip odometer *
1 2
are displayed when the ignition switch is in the
The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in
ON position.
miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour
(km/h). The odometer records the total distance the
vehicle has been driven.
The twin trip odometer records the distance of
individual trips.
Changing the display:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pushing the TRIP RESET switch * on the right
3
side of the combination meter panel changes
the display as follows:
TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A
2-6 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

96. Black plate (95,1)
normal range, reduce vehicle speed to
decrease temperature. If gauge is over
the normal range, stop the vehicle as
soon as safely possible and let the
engine idle. If the engine is overheated,
continued operation of the vehicle may
seriously damage the engine. See “If
your vehicle overheats” in the “6. In
case of emergency” section for immedi-
ate action required.
JVI0253X SIC4690
TACHOMETER
GUID-D6E06D01-68FC-46F3-83E0-465A7D80EEAA
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
The tachometer indicates engine speed in GAUGE GUID-5D79A6DB-7B0E-48CD-B3D5-38EB0D89F9F4
revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev the The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-
engine into the red zone * .1 perature.
The engine coolant temperature is within the
CAUTION normal range when the gauge needle points
within the zone * shown in the illustration.
1
When engine speed approaches the red The engine coolant temperature varies with the
zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce outside air temperature and driving conditions.
engine speed. Operating the engine in
the red zone may cause serious engine
damage. CAUTION
If the gauge indicates engine coolant
temperature near the hot (H) end of the
Instruments and controls 2-7
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

97. Black plate (96,1)
COMPASS (if so equipped)
GUID-56AB49A5-E009-4FD9-864E-78F14A1329E1
tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches “E”.
The indicates that the fuel-filler door is
located on the driver’s side of the vehicle.
CAUTION
. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
malfunction indicator light (MIL)
may come on. Refuel as soon as
possible. After a few driving trips,
the light should turn off. If the
light remains on after a few driving
JVI0338X trips, have the vehicle inspected by SIC3181
a NISSAN dealer.
FUEL GAUGE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
GUID-7C88D297-60D4-4310-84BB-E1EC1735E409 . For additional information, see position, the compass display * will indicate
B
The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”
in the tank. the direction of the vehicle’s heading.
later in this section.
The gauge may move slightly during braking,
turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.
The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after the
ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.
Refill the fuel tank before the gauge
registers “E” (Empty).
NOS1741
The low fuel warning appears on the dot
matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel level in If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compass
the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at
convenient, preferably before the gauge reaches less than 5 MPH (8 km/h). You can also
“E”. There will be a small reserve of fuel in the calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle
2-8 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

98. Black plate (97,1)
on your everyday route. The compass will be
calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete
circles.
To turn on and off the compass manually, push
the switch * while the ignition switch is in
A
the ON position.
SIC0611B
Zone map
Instruments and controls 2-9
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

99. Black plate (98,1)
ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE- pass point when the vehicle moves to an
DURE area where the geomagnetism is stabilized.)
GUID-0E831674-32EA-49CF-AB30-0F9EEEB78E33
The difference between magnetic north and
geographical north is known as variance. In CAUTION
some areas, this difference can sometimes be
great enough to cause false compass readings. . Do not install a ski rack, antenna,
Follow these instructions to set the variance for etc., which are attached to the
your particular location if this happens: vehicle by means of a magnet. They
1. Push the switch for more than 3 affect the operation of the compass.
seconds. The current zone number will . When cleaning the mirror, use a
appear in the display. paper towel or similar material
2. Find your current location and variance dampened with glass cleaner. Do
number on the zone map. not spray glass cleaner directly on
NOTE: the mirror as it may cause the liquid
Use zone number 5 for Hawaii. cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
3. Push the switch repeatedly until the
new zone number appears in the display,
then release the switch. After you release
the switch, the display will show a compass
direction within a few seconds.
. If the compass deviates from the correct
indication soon after repeated adjust-
ment, have the compass checked at a
NISSAN dealer.
. The compass may not indicate the
correct compass point in tunnels or while
driving up or down a steep hill.
(The compass returns to the correct com-
2-10 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

100. Black plate (99,1)
WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
GUID-6AC4475F-D514-4474-861E-A33DFE4DFCFD
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWD
Master warning light Low beam indicator light
models)
Seat belt warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
light
Supplemental air bag warning light Overdrive off indicator light
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning Soft top indicator light (CrossCabriolet
light models)
Brake warning light
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
(AWD models)
Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator
Charge warning light
position indicator light light
Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise indicator light
Intelligent Key warning light Front passenger air bag status light
Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light
Instruments and controls 2-11
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

101. Black plate (100,1)
CHECKING BULBS
GUID-B5546604-D327-4511-B24A-C4F4615F5F1F
WARNING LIGHTS
GUID-39AE13E8-806F-40A7-8C69-3AF4A1790761 malfunctioning. If the warning
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light turns off, you can drive
and push the ignition switch to the ON position again.
light (AWD models)
without starting the engine. The following lights GUID-2C7F9D36-036A-4856-8580-AE4D2A3CACAA
The light comes on when the ignition switch is — blinks slowly (about once every
will come on (if so equipped):
pushed to ON. It turns off soon after the engine 2 seconds):
, or , , , , , is started. Pull off the road in a safe area,
The following lights come on briefly and then go If the AWD system malfunctions, or the diameter and idle the engine. Check that
off (if so equipped): of the front and the rear wheels are different, the all tire sizes are the same, tire
, or , , , , , , warning light will either remain illuminated or pressure is correct and tires are
blink. (See “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5. not worn.
If any light does not come on, it may indicate a Starting and driving” section.) . If the warning light is still on after
burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the the above operations, have your
electrical system. Have the system checked by vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
a NISSAN dealer.
CAUTION as soon as possible.
Some indicators and warnings are also dis- . If the warning light comes on while
played on the dot matrix crystal display on the driving there may be a malfunction or Anti-lock Braking System
speedometer. (See “Dot matrix liquid crystal in the AWD system. Reduce the (ABS) warning light
GUID-06CAAC80-C465-4A21-9EB7-C024333BA100
display” later in this section.) vehicle speed and have your vehicle When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
checked by a NISSAN dealer as the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
soon as possible. light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates
. If the AWD warning light blinks the ABS is operational.
when you are driving: If the ABS warning light illuminates while the
— blinks rapidly (about twice a engine is running, or while driving, it may
second): indicate the ABS is not functioning properly.
Pull off the road in a safe area, Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
and idle the engine. The driving If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
mode will change to 2WD to function is turned off. The brake system then
prevent the AWD system from operates normally, but without anti-lock assis-
2-12 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

102. Black plate (101,1)
tance. (See “Brake system” in the “5. Starting the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the Charge warning light
GUID-69B03338-0451-441C-B766-BECF7DE9BC90
and driving” section.) brake system checked, and if necessary re- If the light comes on while the engine is running,
paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See it may indicate the charging system is not
or Brake warning light
GUID-4A67DFC2-D59E-4197-BAD5-168A3CE40A7E “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” functioning properly. Turn the engine off and
This light functions for both the parking brake earlier in this section.) check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,
and the foot brake systems.
broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a
Parking brakeGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
indicator: NISSAN dealer immediately.
WARNING
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the light comes on when the parking brake is . Your brake system may not be
applied.
CAUTION
working properly if the warning light
Low brake fluid warning light: is on. Driving could be dangerous. If Do not continue driving if the alternator
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
you judge it to be safe, drive care- belt is loose, broken or missing.
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
fully to the nearest service station
the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the
for repairs. Otherwise, have your
light comes on while the engine is running with
vehicle towed because driving it EngineGUID-0AE5784C-961F-4FC8-BFAF-77A224D6D347
oil pressure warning light
the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle
could be dangerous. This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the
and perform the following:
. Pressing the brake pedal with the light flickers or comes on during normal driving,
1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine
engine stopped and/or low brake
as necessary. (See “Brake fluid” in the “8. immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other
fluid level may increase your stop-
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.) authorized repair shop.
ping distance and braking will re-
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the quire greater pedal effort as well as The engine oil pressure warning light is
warning system checked by a NISSAN pedal travel. not designed to indicate a low oil level.
dealer. Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See
. If the brake fluid level is below the
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning minimum or MIN mark on the brake “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-
indicator: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 fluid reservoir, do not drive until the yourself” section.)
When the parking brake is released and the brake system has been checked at a
brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake NISSAN dealer.
warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate
Instruments and controls 2-13
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

103. Black plate (102,1)
Low tire pressure warning light
GUID-2FD87A32-C17B-42A1-B740-5A7539F98F4B
remains illuminated.
CAUTION Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure For additional information, see “Dot matrix liquid
Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire crystal display” later in this section, “Tire
Running the engine with the engine oil pressure of all tires except the spare. Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5.
pressure warning light on could cause Starting and driving” section and “Tire Pressure
The low tire pressure warning light warns of low
serious damage to the engine almost Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of
tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not
immediately. Such damage is not cov- functioning properly. emergency” section.
ered by warranty. Turn off the engine as
After the ignition switch is pushed ON, this light TPMS malfunction:
soon as it is safe to do so. GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
illuminates for about 1 second and turns off. If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low
Low tire pressure warning: tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-
Intelligent Key warning light
GUID-0700CAF3-DF55-4F0A-A342-324495D014C0
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is
If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1
After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
pressure, the warning light will illuminate. A minute. Have the system checked by a NISSAN
position, this light comes on for about 2 seconds
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears dealer. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning
and then turns off.
on the dot matrix liquid crystal display. does not appear if the low tire pressure warning
This light warns of a malfunction with the
When the low tire pressure warning light light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.
Intelligent Key system.
illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire For additional information, see “Tire Pressure
If the light comes on while the engine is pressure to the recommended COLD tire
stopped, it may be impossible to start the Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting
pressure shown on the Tire and Loading and driving” section. For the CHECK TIRE
engine. If the light comes on while the engine Information label. The low tire pressure warning
is running, you can drive the vehicle. However in PRESSURE warning, see “Dot matrix liquid
light does not automatically turn off when the tire crystal display” later in this section.
these cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repair pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to
as soon as possible. the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be
driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to WARNING
activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire
pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure . If the light does not illuminate with
gauge to check the tire pressure. the ignition switch pushed ON, have
The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning is active the vehicle checked by a NISSAN
as long as the low tire pressure warning light dealer as soon as possible.
2-14 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

104. Black plate (103,1)
. If the light illuminates while driving, possible for tire replacement and/ . No key warning
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or or system resetting. . Low fuel warning
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle . Replacing tires with those not ori- . Low washer fluid warning
speed, pull off the road to a safe ginally specified by NISSAN could . Parking brake release warning
location and stop the vehicle as affect the proper operation of the . Door/lift gate open warning (Hardtop mod-
soon as possible. Driving with un- TPMS. els)
der-inflated tires may permanently . Door/trunk open warning (CrossCabriolet
damage the tires and increase the models)
likelihood of tire failure. Serious
CAUTION . Loose fuel cap warning
vehicle damage could occur and
may lead to an accident and could . Check tire pressure warning
result in serious personal injury. . The TPMS is not a substitute for the See “Dot matrix liquid crystal display” later in this
Check the tire pressure for all four regular tire pressure check. Be sure section.
tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the to check the tire pressure regularly.
Seat belt warning light
recommended COLD tire pressure . If the vehicle is being driven at GUID-956FC59D-0351-472F-8CD0-3356E0A21318
shown on the Tire and Loading speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 The light and chime remind you to fasten seat
Information label to turn the low km/h), the TPMS may not operate belts. The light illuminates whenever the ignition
tire pressure warning light OFF. If correctly. switch is pushed to the ON position, and will
the light still illuminates while driv- remain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is
. Be sure to correctly install the fastened.
ing after adjusting the tire pressure, specified size of tires to the four
a tire may be flat. If you have a flat wheels. The seat belt warning light for the front
tire, replace it with a spare tire as passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not
soon as possible. fastened when the front passenger’s seat is
MasterGUID-6AB3A8A0-B446-4089-A66C-618A6659F580
warning light occupied. For approximately 5 seconds after the
. When a spare tire is mounted or a
wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not When the ignition switch is in the ON position, ignition switch is in the ON position, the system
function and the low tire pressure the master warning light illuminates if any of the does not activate the warning light for the front
warning light will flash for approxi- following are displayed on the dot matrix liquid passenger.
mately 1 minute. The light will crystal display: See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat
remain on after 1 minute. Contact belts and supplemental restraint system” section
your NISSAN dealer as soon as for precautions on seat belt usage.
Instruments and controls 2-15
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

105. Black plate (104,1)
Supplemental air bag warning light
GUID-C47663FA-9971-432A-840C-6232303C8EC4 bags and/or pretensioner systems will INDICATORGUID-BDD7DC61-68C7-435D-8B71-5F80E875AAAB
LIGHTS
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON not operate in an accident. To help All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
position, the supplemental air bag warning light avoid injury to yourself or others, have indicator light (AWD models)
will illuminate. The supplemental air bag warning your vehicle checked by a NISSAN GUID-B333F845-9EFA-4E8B-A367-0BBBFF6CDC04
light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the dealer as soon as possible. This light illuminates when the ignition switch is
SRS air bag systems are operational. placed in the ON position, and turns off within 1
second.
If any of the following conditions occur, the air Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)
bags and/or pretensioner systems need servi- When selecting the LOCK mode while the
warning lightGUID-9CD9709D-A6B8-4177-B503-4BF50BC0F688 engine is running, this light will illuminate. (See
cing and your vehicle must be taken to your
The light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting and
nearest NISSAN dealer.
Control (VDC) system or the traction control driving” section.)
. The supplemental air bag warning light system is operating, thus alerting the driver that
remains on after approximately 7 seconds. the vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The road Continuously Variable Transmis-
. The supplemental air bag warning light surface may be slippery. sion (CVT) position indicator light
GUID-0130F932-2380-4325-91F5-49DD5E3D8B5F
flashes intermittently. When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
If the VDC warning light comes on and stays on
. The supplemental air bag warning light does while the VDC system is on, this light alerts the position, the indicator shows the automatic
not come on at all. driver to the fact that the VDC system’s fail-safe selector shift position. (See “Continuously Vari-
Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental mode is operating, for example the VDC system able Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Starting and
Restraint Systems (air bag systems) and/or the may not be functioning properly. Have the driving” section.)
pretensioners may not function properly. system checked by a NISSAN dealer. If a
For additional information, see “Supplemental malfunction occurs in the system, the VDC
restraint system” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat system function will be canceled but the vehicle
belts and supplemental restraint system” sec- is still driveable. For additional information, see
tion. “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the
“Starting and driving” section of this manual.
WARNING
If the supplemental air bag warning
light is on, it could mean that the air
2-16 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

106. Black plate (105,1)
CruiseGUID-C4011DB6-8909-4DF3-8C75-17ED51FCED58
indicator light High beam indicator light
GUID-4EECC9D2-4C62-4418-9FA3-CF0C228A1386
tion/Maintenance (I/M) test” in the “9. Technical
This light comes on when the headlight high and consumer information” section.)
Cruise main switch indicator:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
This light illuminates when the cruise control beam is on and goes out when the low beam is Operation: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
main switch is pushed. The light turns off when selected. The malfunction indicator light will come on in
the main switch is pushed again. When the Low beam indicator light one of two ways:
GUID-31C3710D-82FC-41EC-AE8C-69D56A05CEF7
cruise main switch indicator light illuminates, the . Malfunction indicator light on steady — An
The light comes on when the front park, side
cruise control system is operational. (See emission control system and/or CVT mal-
marker, tail and license plate lights are on.
“Cruise control” in the “5. Starting and driving” function has been detected. Check the fuel-
section.) Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning
GUID-6AF8662E-1DE1-45FE-852C-925D132DCE37
Cruise malfunction: If the malfunction indicator light comes on appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
If the cruise indicator light blinks while the steady or blinks while the engine is running, it display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or
engine is running, it may indicate the cruise may indicate a potential emission control and/or missing, tighten or install the cap and
control system is not functioning properly. Have Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) mal- continue to drive the vehicle. The light
the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See function. should turn off after a few driving trips. If the
“Cruise control” in the “5. Starting and driving” The malfunction indicator light may also come on light does not turn off after a few driving
section.) steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or trips, have the vehicle inspected by a
if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make NISSAN dealer. You do not need to have
Front passenger air bag status light
GUID-1AD6EFB7-D318-4868-99B0-D18664F33C71 sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed your vehicle towed to the dealer.
The front passenger air bag status light tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 US . Malfunction indicator light blinking — An
will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. engine misfire has been detected which may
OFF depending on how the front passenger damage the emission control system.
After a few driving trips, the light should
seat is being used. To reduce or avoid emission control system
turn off if no other potential emission control
For front passenger air bag status light opera- system malfunction exists. damage:
tion, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System — Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH
If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds
(front seats)” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat (72 km/h).
and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine
belts and supplemental restraint system” section — Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.
is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not
of this manual. — Avoid steep uphill grades.
ready for an emission control system inspection/
maintenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec-
Instruments and controls 2-17
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

107. Black plate (106,1)
— If possible, reduce the amount of cargo Soft top indicator light (Cross-
being hauled or towed. Cabriolet models)
GUID-387DFA5A-917F-4E6B-8A1D-1A0AD860A8FA
CAUTION
The malfunction indicator light may stop This light illuminates when the soft top is being
blinking and remain on. operated or it is stopped before reaching a full Operate the soft top with the engine
Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN open/close state. When the top is fully opened running to prevent a discharged battery.
dealer. You do not need to have your vehicle or closed, the light will turn off.
towed to the dealer. The light blinks while the soft top is not fully When the soft top is operating, if any of the
opened or closed under the following condi- above conditions are discontinued or any of the
tions: following conditions are met, the top will stop
CAUTION operating.
. When the vehicle is driven.
Continued vehicle operation without . When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)
. When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)
having the emission control system position.
position.
and/or CVT system checked and re- . When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3
Be sure to fully open or close the soft top when
paired as necessary could lead to poor MPH (5 km/h) or more.
driving the vehicle.
driveability, reduced fuel economy, and . When the battery voltage is extremely low.
The soft top can be moved with the soft top
possible damage to the emission con- . When the temperature of the soft top
operating switch only under all of the following
trol system. system becomes extremely high.
conditions:
Release the operating switch, and push it again
. When the vehicle is stopped.
Overdrive off indicator light under the above conditions until the top is fully
GUID-A88B5A9D-E1E7-4ADD-B5C6-FE6EBACFA9C0 . When the ignition switch is ON. opened or closed. The soft top indicator light will
The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when . When the trunk is closed. turn off when the top operation is completely
the overdrive off mode is selected.
. When the luggage cover is pulled out and finished.
For additional information, see “Continuously hooked so that the roof storage area is If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the
Variable Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Starting separated from the trunk. ignition switch ON, it may indicate the electric
and driving” section of this manual. . When the selector lever is in a position other soft top control unit is not functioning properly.
than the R (Reverse) position. Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
as soon as possible.
For more details about the electric soft top
2-18 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

108. Black plate (107,1)
DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL
DISPLAY
GUID-8111787A-C29E-4E6F-9310-B498CC7E010D
operation, see “Soft top (CrossCabriolet mod- Light reminder chime
GUID-7B425B53-6E2D-43C2-AE08-9F717545E029
els)” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjust- A chime will sound when the driver side door is
ments” section. opened with the light switch in the or
Turn signal/hazard indicator lights position and the ignition switch in the ACC
GUID-F77394DF-EFC3-4B65-ACF6-5E0E91264160
or OFF position.
The light flashes when the turn signal switch
lever or hazard switch is turned on. Turn the light switch off when you leave the
vehicle.
Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off
indicator light Parking brake reminder chime
GUID-16CE9E88-5960-4CAA-845D-8ACC44A8DB19
GUID-CE6E8B94-E3C1-4EDD-B5CC-1AA8B731382A
The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic The chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at
Control (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. This more than 4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking
indicates that the VDC system is not operating. brake applied. Stop the vehicle and release the
For additional information, see “Vehicle Dynamic parking brake.
JVI0254X
Control (VDC) system” in the “5. Starting and Seat belt warning chime
driving” section of this manual. GUID-6CB52CBC-6585-437E-BC4E-959C5BB57A7B The dot matrix liquid crystal display * is
1
The chime will sound for about 6 seconds located in the speedometer, and it displays,
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
GUID-854CE725-BA1A-4800-8732-43382E89CE05 unless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened. the key operation information and other warn-
Key reminder chime
GUID-03B79EB0-07EF-4F48-9DFC-C531CF03B6F2 Brake pad wear warning ings and information.
GUID-A531CD6C-63DF-4083-A7B6-FC8F79CA75A0
A chime will sound if the driver side door is The disc brake pads have audible wear warn- For the detail about the Intelligent Key System,
opened while the ignition switch is pushed to ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it see “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-
the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or will make a high pitched scraping sound when driving checks and adjustments” section.
LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will
Intelligent Key port. Make sure the ignition first occur only when the brake pedal is
switch is pushed to the OFF position, and take depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,
the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the the sound will always be heard even if the brake
vehicle. pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes
checked as soon as possible if the warning
sound is heard.
Instruments and controls 2-19
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

109. Black plate (108,1)
JVI0355X
OPERATIONAL INDICATORS
GUID-2BC84707-B5D6-420C-AF4E-599CBE87C0AA
pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal 2. Key insertion indicator
GUID-05110D15-ABEF-44EB-A8DB-34AB9197B4B8
depressed. This indicator appears when the key needs to be
1. Engine start operation indicator
GUID-D97EB6AE-486E-4B90-8447-B6FE87D4AD91
You can start the engine directly in any position. inserted into the key port. (For example, the
This indicator appears when the selector lever is
Intelligent Key battery is discharged.)
in the P (Park) position.
If this indicator appears, insert the key into the
This indicator means that the engine will start by
key port in the correct direction. (See “Push-
2-20 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

110. Black plate (109,1)
button ignition switch” in the “5. Starting and more details. 7. Key battery discharge indicator
GUID-4EDE548E-8FF0-4D46-ABCB-68B647C3999A
driving” section.) This indicator appears when the key battery is
5. SHIFT “P” warning
GUID-F63536DD-DDB8-49FB-8271-F811D25EC8A1
3. Key removal indicator running out of power.
GUID-BB5416CE-8D01-47D1-8C3E-4F7E493AE6E1 This warning appears when the ignition switch is
This indicator appears when the driver’s door is pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever If this indicator appears, replace the battery with
opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or in any position except the P (Park) position. a new one. (See “Intelligent key battery replace-
LOCK position and the key placed in the key ment” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
If this warning appears, move the selector lever
port. A key reminder chime also sounds. section.)
to the P (Park) position or push the ignition
If this indicator appears, remove the key from the switch to the ON position. 8. Parking brake release warning
GUID-834CC27F-8812-483E-9320-C2D89C3E4B39
key port and take it with you when leaving the An inside warning chime will also sound. (See This warning appears when the vehicle speed is
vehicle. “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake is
4. NO KEY warning checks and adjustments” section.) applied. Stop the vehicle and release the
GUID-F57235F8-65EC-43AC-9534-39FFBAF7DBAD
parking brake.
This warning appears in either of the following 6. “PUSH” warning
GUID-2B3DB981-A402-45B6-B5BB-474886B28E6A
conditions. This warning appears when the selector lever is 9. Low fuel warning
GUID-15EF772B-A9F6-4FC2-AB15-CABF1BB1DF48
No key inside GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the vehicle: moved to the P (Park) position with the ignition This warning appears when the fuel level in the
The warning appears when the door is closed switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT “P” tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is
with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle warning appears. convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge
and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON To push the ignition switch to the OFF position, reaches the empty (E) position.
position. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is perform the following procedure: There is a small reserve of fuel remaining
inside the vehicle. SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the selector in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches
lever to “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push the the empty (E) position.
Unregistered key:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
ignition switch ? ignition switch position is 10. Low washer fluid warning
The warning appears when the ignition switch is GUID-75BFB25F-0C2B-423E-890D-9368CFA667DD
turned to ON) ? PUSH warning ? (Push the
pushed from the LOCK position and the key This warning appears when the washer tank fluid
ignition switch ? ignition switch position is
cannot be recognized by the system. You cannot is at a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary.
turned to OFF)
start the engine with an unregistered key. Use (See “Window washer fluid” in the “8. Main-
the registered key. tenance and do-it-yourself” section.)
See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-
driving checks and adjustments” section for
Instruments and controls 2-21
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

111. Black plate (110,1)
11. Door/lift gate open warning (ignition section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System
switch is in the ON position) (Hardtop (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)
models) GUID-E8BF5142-318A-41D5-8AB1-86843D59BCCF 15. “TIMER”GUID-FF6A1FD2-B5C4-4083-B2CA-3E728C17C633
indicator
This warning appears if any of the doors and/or This indicator appears when the set “TIMER”
the lift gate are open or not closed securely. The indicator activates. You can set the time for up to
vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the 6 hours. (See “Trip computer” later in this
display. section.)
12. Door/trunk open warning (ignition 16. Low outside temperature warning
switch is in the ON position) (Cross- GUID-84D86BBA-1B59-4DDE-9353-177DB0D95B81
This warning appears if the outside temperature
Cabriolet models)
GUID-CE5E7381-F4E7-4E9D-8BC1-5FDCD9D031B0 is below 378F (38C). The warning can be set not
This warning appears if any of the doors and/or to be displayed. (See “Trip computer” later in
the trunk are open or not closed securely. The this section.)
vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the
display.
13. Loose fuel cap warning
GUID-BF7DA770-AB4E-4465-8317-1B41831C3607
This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap is
not tightened correctly after the vehicle has
been refueled. (See “Fuel-filler cap” in the “3.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)
SIC4237
14. Check tire pressure warning
GUID-0DD3569E-5223-4496-8B17-789648E1715D
This warning appears when the low tire pressure
warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire
pressure is detected. If this warning appears,
stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to
the recommended COLD tire pressure shown
on the Tire and Loading Information label. (See
“Low tire pressure warning light” earlier in this
2-22 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

112. Black plate (111,1)
MAINTENANCE INDICATORS
GUID-0A851647-6BB2-4E92-AEB5-E04319FCA2E4 tires should be replaced. Setting the
1. Engine oilGUID-9CEF8B90-48A9-4FB5-BFD9-0CF43586EC4F
replacement indicator tire replacement indicator for a certain
driving distance does not mean your
This indicator appears when the customer set
tires will last that long. Use the tire
time comes for changing the engine oil. You can
replacement indicator as a guide only
set or reset the distance for changing the engine
and always perform regular tire checks.
oil. (See “Trip computer” later in this section.)
Failure to perform regular tire checks,
2. Oil filter replacement indicator including tire pressure checks could
GUID-C344252D-B1CB-46F2-AEAD-7C37EC262221
This indicator appears when the customer set result in tire failure. Serious vehicle
time comes for replacing the oil filter. You can damage could occur and may lead to a
set or reset the distance for replacing the oil collision, which could result in serious
filter. (See “Trip computer” later in this section.) personal injury or death.
SIC3580
3. Tire replacement indicator
GUID-1A74526D-9B7C-43A3-95CF-62EFC05FBC61 4. “OTHER” GUID-17015DA7-2755-4CAC-AF46-619CAF47DE9D
indicator
This indicator appears when the customer set
This indicator appears when the customer set
TRIP COMPUTER
GUID-F63231D7-123A-4BC6-844C-BA3C14A5C066
distance comes for replacing tires. You can set Switches for the trip computer are located on
time comes for replacing items other than the
or reset the distance for replacing tires. (See the right side of the combination meter panel. To
engine oil, oil filter and tires. You can set or reset
“Trip computer” later in this section.) operate the trip computer, push the side or front
the distance for replacing the items. (See “Trip
computer” later in this section.) of the switches as shown above.
WARNING More maintenance reminders are also available *
A switch
on the center display (if so equipped). (See *
B switch
The tire replacement indicator is not a “How to use INFO button” in the “4. Monitor, When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
substitute for regular tire checks, in- heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice position, modes of the trip computer can be
cluding tire pressure checks. See recognition systems” section.) selected by pushing the switch * .
A
“Changing wheels and tires” in the Each time the switch * is pushed, the
A
“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec- display will change as follows:
tion. Many factors including tire infla-
Current and average fuel consumption ?
tion, alignment, driving habits and road
Average fuel consumption and speed ?
conditions affect tire wear and when
Instruments and controls 2-23
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

113. Black plate (112,1)
Elapsed time and trip odometer ? Distance to
empty (dte) ? Outside air temperature (ICY) ?
Setting ? Warning check
JVI0251X SIC3674
Current and average fuel consumption Average fuel consumption (MPG, l/100
(MPG, l (liter)/100 km)
GUID-C03B6A5C-9ED7-43A7-9BC4-010DAD1E69BD
km) and speed (MPH or km/h)
GUID-5567CAAC-37CB-49C0-8903-54489EC24183
The current and average fuel consumption mode Fuel consumption:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
shows the current and average fuel consump- The average fuel consumption mode shows the
tion. average fuel consumption since the last reset.
Resetting is done by pushing the switch * B
for longer than 1 second. (The average speed is
also reset at the same time.)
The display is updated every 30 seconds. At
about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the
display shows “——”.
Speed: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The average speed mode shows the average
vehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting is
2-24 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

114. Black plate (113,1)
done by pushing the switch * for longer
B
than 1 second. (The average fuel consumption is
also reset at the same time.)
The display is updated every 30 seconds. The
first 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows
“——”.
SIC4701 SIC4702
Elapsed time and trip odometer (miles or Distance to empty (dte — miles or km)
GUID-6D35B21A-8E00-4687-AB2C-E21288A7467A
km) GUID-FEA80D52-9DA7-4A2D-BD49-7619EBBECCF9 The distance to empty (dte) mode provides you
Elapsed time: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 with an estimation of the distance that can be
driven before refueling. The dte is constantly
The elapsed time mode shows the time since
being calculated, based on the amount of fuel in
the last reset. The displayed time can be reset
the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.
by pushing the switch * for longer than 1
B
second. (The trip odometer is also reset at the The display is updated every 30 seconds.
same time.) The dte mode includes a low range warning
Trip odometer: feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
displayed on the screen.
The trip odometer mode shows the total
distance the vehicle has been driven since the When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte
last reset. Resetting is done by pushing the display will change to “——”.
switch * for longer than 1 second. (The
B . If the amount of fuel added is small, the
elapsed time is also reset at the same time.) display just before the ignition switch is
Instruments and controls 2-25
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

115. Black plate (114,1)
pushed to the OFF position may continue to
be displayed.
. When driving uphill or rounding curves, the
fuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta-
rily change the display.
SIC4703 SIC3678
Outside air temperature (ICY — 8F or 8C)
GUID-1F0F141E-7E24-493C-9ABE-8A75128A7804
Setting GUID-180A1674-9E9A-45F6-9ECF-354F636CDD00
The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or Setting cannot be made while driving. A
8C in the range of −22 to 1408F (−30 to 608C). message “Setting can only be operated
The outside air temperature mode includes a low when stopped” is also displayed on the dot
temperature warning feature. If the outside air matrix crystal display.
temperature is below 378F (38C), the warning is The switch * and
A switch * are
B
displayed on the screen. used in the setting mode to select and decide a
The outside temperature sensor is located in menu.
front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected SKIP: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
by road or engine heat, wind directions and Push the switch * to move to the warning
A
other driving conditions. The display may differ check mode.
from the actual outside temperature or the
temperature displayed on various signs or bill- Push the switch * to select other menus.
B
boards.
2-26 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

116. Black plate (115,1)
ALERT: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
Alert menu can be set to notify the following select “BACK”.
items. OPTIONS: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. TIMER The 3 option menus can be set to your
Select this submenu to specify when the preference.
“TIMER” indicator activates. . LANGUAGE
. ICY Select this submenu to choose English,
Select this submenu to display the low French or Spanish for display.
outside temperature warning. . UNIT
To return to the top page of the setting mode, Select this submenu to choose the unit from
select “BACK”. MPG or l/100 km.
MAINTENANCE: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. EFFECTS
SIC3993
The maintenance intervals of the following items Select this menu to set the dial effects
can be set or reset for the reminders. described below to on or off. Warning check
GUID-FF3DCF80-E792-4B60-B3EB-0786D9710BD7
. OIL — The indicator needles sweep in the
To see if there are any of the following warnings
Select this submenu to set or reset the meters and the ring illumination will be
and corresponding details, select this menu.
distance for changing the engine oil. brightened gradually when the engine is
started. . No key warning
. FILTER . Low fuel warning
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
Select this submenu to set or reset the . Low washer fluid warning
select “BACK”.
distance for replacing the oil filter.
. Parking brake release warning
. TIRE
. Door/lift gate open warning (Hardtop mod-
Select this submenu to set or reset the els)
distance for replacing tires.
. Door/trunk open warning (CrossCabriolet
. OTHER models)
Select this submenu and set or reset the . Loose fuel cap warning
distance for replacing items other than the
engine oil, oil filter and tires.
Instruments and controls 2-27
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

117. Black plate (116,1)
SECURITY SYSTEMS
GUID-5B8EE3AC-B3AC-45D4-BF38-6AC7583B2D4C
. Check tire pressure warning VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if so
SKIP: equipped) GUID-3A2129E5-3F98-44E7-8D33-56C1DC801E7A
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the switch * to exit the warning
A The vehicle security system provides visual and
check display. audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors
or lift gate/trunk when the system is armed. It is
Push the switch *
B to select DETAIL
not, however, a motion detection type system
menus.
that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a
DETAIL: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
vibration occurs.
This item is available only when a warning is The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot
displayed. prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior
Select this menu to see the details of warnings. or exterior vehicle components in all situations.
Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a
SIC2133 brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle,
and always lock it when unattended. Be aware
Your vehicle has two types of security systems, of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit
as follows: areas whenever possible.
. Vehicle security system (if so equipped) Many devices offering additional protection,
. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System such as component locks, identification markers,
The security condition will be shown by the and tracking systems, are available at auto
security indicator light. supply stores and specialty shops. Your
NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.
Check with your insurance company to see if
you may be eligible for discounts for various
theft protection features.
2-28 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

118. Black plate (117,1)
5. Confirm that the security indicator light * A The alarm is activated by:
comes on. The security indicator light stays . Unlocking the door or opening the lift gate/
on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle trunk without using the button on the
security system is now pre-armed. After Intelligent Key, the request switch or the
about 30 seconds the vehicle security key. (Even if the door is opened by releasing
system automatically shifts into the armed the door inside lock knob, the alarm will
phase. The security light begins to flash activate.)
once every approximately 3 seconds. If,
during this 30-second pre-arm time period, How to stopGUID-3A47058D-D66F-43FA-8D5B-CE27C3B3E4A6
an activated alarm
the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by
pushed to ACC or ON, the system will not pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent
arm. Key, pushing the request switch or using the key.
Even when the driver and/or passengers The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is
SIC1699A are in the vehicle, the system will activate placed in the ACC or ON position.
with all doors and lift gate/trunk locked If the system does not operate as de-
How to arm GUID-E45D0EB0-DDEE-43F9-BCF5-4FFD6F801B10
the vehicle security system with the ignition switch in the LOCK scribed above, have it checked by a
1. Close all windows. position. When pushing the ignition switch NISSAN dealer.
The system can be armed even if the to the ACC or ON position, the system will
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-
windows are open. be released.
TEM GUID-140A6D7E-5E78-4398-9FB4-FDC469E689FE
2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position. Vehicle security system activation The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not
GUID-D932FA41-7646-4669-AA61-035AB796F12C
3. Carry the Intelligent Key. The vehicle security system will give the follow- allow the engine to start without the use of the
4. Close all doors and lift gate/trunk. Lock all ing alarm: registered key. Never leave these keys in the
door. The doors can be locked with: . The headlights blink and the horn sounds vehicle.
. the lock button on the Intelligent Key intermittently. For USA:
. any request switch . The alarm automatically turns off after This device complies with Part 15 of the
. the power door lock switch approximately 1 minute. However, the alarm FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
. the key — master or mechanical reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with following two conditions:
again. (1) This device may not cause harmful
Instruments and controls 2-29
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

119. Black plate (118,1)
interference, and (2) this device must service as soon as possible. Please bring
accept any interference received, including all registered keys that you have when
interference that may cause undesired visiting a NISSAN dealer for service.
operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not ex-
pressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
For Canada:
This device complies with RSS-210 of
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, SIC1699A
and (2) this device must accept any inter-
ference, including interference that may Security indicator light
GUID-DBC33161-BF46-4EE3-8435-AB868C640CC4
cause undesired operation of the device. The security indicator light * indicates the
A
status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
System.
The light blinks after the ignition switch was in
the ACC, OFF and LOCK position. This function
indicates the security systems equipped on the
vehicle are operational.
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
If the light still remains on and/or the
engine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer
for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
2-30 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

120. Black plate (119,1)
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
SWITCH
GUID-15F1CDB4-078A-4D01-A331-3BCB3082F46B
reservoir tank. Do not use the
WARNING window washer reservoir tank to
mix the washer fluid concentrate
In freezing temperatures the washer and water.
solution may freeze on the windshield
and obscure your vision which may lead
to an accident. Warm windshield with
the defroster before you wash the
windshield.
CAUTION
SIC3664
. Do not operate the washer continu- Type A
ously for more than 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the washer if the
reservoir tank is empty.
. Do not fill the window washer
reservoir tank with washer fluid
concentrates at full strength. Some
methyl alcohol based washer fluid
concentrates may permanently stain
the grille if spilled while filling the
window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s
recommended levels before pouring
SIC4395
the fluid into the window washer
Type B
Instruments and controls 2-31
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

121. Black plate (120,1)
washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
times.
SIC3922 SIC4017
Type C
RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS-
The windshield wiper and washer operates
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
TEM (if so equipped)
GUID-05A0C0C8-F56A-4E1F-90FD-7DD9CB5E2B3F
The rain-sensing auto wiper system can auto-
Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the
matically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper
following speed:
speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle
*
1 INT (Type A or Type C) — intermittent operation
speed by using the rain sensor located on the
can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A* upper part of the windshield.
*
(Slower) or B (Faster).
*
1 AUTO (Type B) — For models with the rain- To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, push
sensing auto wiper system, see “Rain-sensing the lever down to the AUTO position * . The
1
auto wiper system” later in this section. wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch
*
2 LO — continuous low speed operation is in the ON position.
*
3 HI — continuous high speed operation
The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted
Push the lever up * (MIST) to have one sweep
4 by turning the knob toward the front * (High)
2
operation of the wiper. or toward the rear * (Low).
3
Pull the lever toward you *
5 to operate the
2-32 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

122. Black plate (121,1)
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH (Hardtop models)
GUID-E9B01D50-BAE9-400D-AF33-89486215C486
. High — High sensitive operation . Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing
. Low — Low sensitive operation auto wiper system when you use a car WARNING
To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off, wash.
push up the lever to the OFF position, or pull . The rain-sensing auto wipers may not In freezing temperatures the washer
down the lever to the LO or HI position. operate if rain does not hit the rain solution may freeze on the rear window
sensor even if it is raining. glass and obscure your vision. Warm
. Using genuine wiper blades is recom- the rear window with the defroster
CAUTION mended for proper operation of the before you wash the rear window.
rain-sensing auto wiper system. (See
Do not touch the rain sensor and “Windshield wiper blades” in the “8.
around it when the wiper switch is in Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-
the AUTO position and the ignition tion for wiper blade replacement.) CAUTION
switch is in the ON position. The wipers
may operate unexpectedly and cause to . Do not operate the washer continu-
an injury or a wiper damage. ously for more than 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the washer if the
. The rain-sensing auto wipers are in- reservoir tank is empty.
tended for use during rain. If the switch . Do not fill the window washer
is left in the AUTO position, the wipers reservoir tank with washer fluid
may operate unexpectedly when dirt, concentrates at full strength. Some
fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuck methyl alcohol based washer fluid
on or around the sensor. The wipers concentrates may permanently stain
may also operate when exhaust gas or the grille if spilled while filling the
moisture affect the rain sensor. window washer reservoir tank.
. When the windshield glass is coated . Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water repellent, the speed of the with water to the manufacturer’s
rain-sensing auto wipers may be higher recommended levels before pouring
even though the amount of the rainfall the fluid into the window washer
is small. reservoir tank. Do not use the
Instruments and controls 2-33
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

123. Black plate (122,1)
window washer reservoir tank to The rear window wiper and washer operate
mix the washer fluid concentrate when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
and water. Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position
to operate the wiper.
If the rear window wiper operation is *
1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not
interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may adjustable)
stop moving to protect its motor. If this *
2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation
occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF Push the switch forward * to operate the
3
position and remove the snow or ice that is washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
on and around the wiper arms. In approxi- times.
mately 1 minute, turn the switch on again
to operate the wiper.
SIC3666
Type A
SIC4019
Type B
2-34 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

124. Black plate (123,1)
REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL
MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH SWITCH
GUID-6A8EA538-4B5A-4260-A4F9-59AA6EEC9D6A
GUID-2E72A4A0-1386-460B-B497-869BC1657D74
To defog/defrost the rear window glass and XENON HEADLIGHTS (if so equipped)
GUID-DDA42A0C-5BBE-4E9D-9B84-A8C6395E4D9F
outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine
and push the switch * on. The indicator light
1
* will come on. Push the switch again to turn
2 WARNING
the defroster off.
HIGH VOLTAGE
It will automatically turn off in approximately 15
minutes. . When xenon headlights are on, they
produce a high voltage. To prevent
an electric shock, never attempt to
CAUTION modify or disassemble. Always have
your xenon headlights replaced at a
. When cleaning the inner side of the NISSAN dealer.
rear window, be careful not to
. Xenon headlights provide consider-
SIC3584 scratch or damage the rear window
ably more light than conventional
Type A defroster.
headlights. If they are not correctly
. Do not use the rear window defros- aimed, they might temporarily blind
ter switch while the soft top is being an oncoming driver or the driver
operated or fully opened. The heat ahead of you and cause a serious
may damage the soft top material accident. If headlights are not aimed
and/or components (CrossCabriolet correctly, immediately take your ve-
models). hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have
the headlights adjusted correctly.
When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,
its brightness or color varies slightly. However,
the color and brightness will soon stabilize.
. The life of xenon headlights will be
SIC3667 shortened by frequent on-off opera-
Type B
tion. It is generally desirable not to turn
Instruments and controls 2-35
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

125. Black plate (124,1)
off the headlights for short intervals
(for example, when the vehicle stops at
a traffic signal).
. If the xenon headlight bulb is close to
burning out, the brightness will drasti-
cally decrease, the light will start
blinking, or the color of the light will
become reddish. If one or more of the
above signs appear, contact a NISSAN
dealer.
SIC3668 SIC3669
HEADLIGHTGUID-996522C0-4578-43C8-83E0-51BB0ADB49B2
SWITCH Autolight system (if so equipped)
GUID-8905665A-6EF0-4112-A643-8A502F17847E
Lighting GUID-C1692F98-2EF5-42BF-980D-AA54247F5578
The autolight system allows the headlights to be
*
1 Turn the switch to the position. set so they turn on and off automatically.
The front park, side marker, tail, license plate and To set the autolight system:
instrument lights will come on.
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the
*
2 Turn the switch to the position.
AUTO position * .
1
Headlights will come on and all the other lights
remain on. 2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
3. The autolight system automatically turns the
headlights on and off.
To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch
to the OFF, or position.
The autolight system can turn on the headlights
automatically when it is dark and turn off the
2-36 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

126. Black plate (125,1)
headlights when it is light.
If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
position and one of the doors is opened and this
condition is continued, the headlights remain on
for 5 minutes.
Automatic headlights off delay:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
You can keep the headlights on for up to 180
seconds after you push the ignition switch to
OFF and open any door then close all the doors.
You can adjust the period of the automatic
headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to
180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45
seconds. SAA0642A SIC3670
For automatic headlights off delay setting, see Be sure not to put anything on top of the Headlight beam select
“Vehicle information and settings” in the “4. photo sensor * located on the top of the
A GUID-2ADBA756-362E-41D6-9A9B-2AF1DAC13669
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone instrument panel. The photo sensor con-
*
1 To select the low beam, put the lever in the
neutral position as shown.
and voice recognition systems” section. trols the autolight; if it is covered, the *
2 To select the high beam, push the lever forward
photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the while the switch is in the position. Pull it
headlights will illuminate. back to select the low beam.
*
3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the
headlight high beam even when the headlight
switch is in the OFF position.
Instruments and controls 2-37
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

127. Black plate (126,1)
Battery saver system
GUID-A19290B7-AD6C-4095-AB12-FAB3BC8E2D05 headlights turn off automatically.
A chime will sound when the driver side door is
opened with the light switch in the or
Daytime running light system (Canada
position and the ignition switch in the
only)
ACC, OFF or LOCK position. GUID-297966B1-EC0F-457B-84B2-00A3EEA09CA5
The daytime running lights automatically illumi-
When the headlight switch is in the or
nate when the engine is started with the parking
position while the ignition switch is in the ON
brake released. The daytime running lights
position, the lights will automatically turn off 5
operate with the headlight switch in the OFF
minutes after the ignition switch has been
position or in the position. Turn the head-
pushed to the OFF position.
light switch to the position for full illumina-
When the headlight switch remains in the tion when driving at night.
or position after the lights automatically turn
If the parking brake is applied before the engine
off, the lights will turn on when the ignition SIC3585
is started, the daytime running lights do not
switch is pushed to the ON position.
illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate
once the parking brake is released. The daytime Instrument brightness control
GUID-AE1AD09A-C607-43AF-A5FF-F011B28EA715
running lights will remain on until the ignition The instrument brightness control operates
CAUTION when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
switch is pushed to the OFF position.
. When you turn on the headlight To adjust the brightness of instrument panel
switch again after the lights auto- lights, push the control switches. Pushing the
matically turn off, the lights will not
WARNING upper switch * will brighten the lights. When
A
turn off automatically. Be sure to the brightness reaches the maximum level, a
When the daytime running light system
turn the light switch to the OFF beep will sound. The lower switch * dims the
B
is active, tail lights on your vehicle are
position when you leave the vehicle lights. Repeatedly pushing the lower switch will
not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on
for extended periods of time, other- turn the lights off and a beep will sound.
your headlights. Failure to do so could
wise the battery will be discharged. cause an accident injuring yourself and
. Never leave the light switch on others.
when the engine is not running for
extended periods of time even if the
2-38 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

128. Black plate (127,1)
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
SWITCH
GUID-6A75B42D-D28E-4CDF-84D2-DC5652B93673
SIC3671 SIC3672 SIC2574
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
GUID-05BFC159-21E8-4470-8F9F-A8F1315EF7D5
FOG LIGHT GUID-B77E006A-B448-42A0-B9EB-E9953893F221
SWITCH (if so equipped) Push the switch on to warn other drivers when
To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight you must stop or park under emergency condi-
* Turn signal
1
GUID-B3C07939-E89F-428A-BA7C-0BA5D82E2BAF tions. All turn signal lights will flash.
switch to the position, then turn the switch
Move the lever up or down to signal the turning
to the position. To turn them off, turn the
direction. When the turn is completed, the turn
switch to the OFF position. WARNING
signals cancel automatically.
The headlights must be on for the fog lights to
* Lane change signal
2
GUID-8FD0B298-53B2-4596-8590-D033172CF1AF
operate. . If stopping for an emergency, be
To indicate a lane change, move the lever up or sure to move the vehicle well off the
down to the point where lights begin flashing. road.
. Do not use the hazard warning
flashers while moving on the high-
way unless unusual circumstances
force you to drive so slowly that
your vehicle might become a hazard
to other traffic.
Instruments and controls 2-39
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

129. Black plate (128,1)
HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so
HORN
equipped)
GUID-76AEBFE4-FB9E-4225-A909-4F10E8A5C7A6 GUID-158A9409-77D0-4867-8A63-D9F0D56BF7B6
. Turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning flasher lights are
on.
The flasher can be actuated with the ignition
switch in any position.
Some state laws may prohibit the use of
the hazard warning flasher switch while
driving.
SIC3586 SIC4401
To sound the horn, push the pad area * of the
A The heated steering wheel system is designed
steering wheel. to operate only when the surface temperature of
the steering wheel is below 688F (208C).
WARNING Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm
the steering wheel after the engine starts. The
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so indicator light * on the switch will illuminate.
1
could affect proper operation of the If the surface temperature of the steering wheel
supplemental front air bag system. is below 688F (208C), the system will heat the
Tampering with the supplemental front steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a
air bag system may result in serious temperature above 688F (208C). The indicator
personal injury. light will remain on as long as the system is on.
Push the switch again to turn the heated
steering wheel system off manually. The indica-
tor light will turn off.
2-40 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

130. Black plate (129,1)
HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)
GUID-633E2177-1D7D-44F5-94F5-0C74D026B322
NOTE:
damage to the heater.
If the surface temperature of the steering WARNING
wheel is above 688F (208C) when the switch . Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
is turned on, the system will not heat the should be removed immediately
Do not use or allow occupants to use with a dry cloth.
steering wheel. This is not a malfunction. the seat heater if you or the occupants
cannot monitor elevated seat tempera- . When cleaning the seat, never use
tures or have an inability to feel pain in gasoline, thinner, or any similar
body parts that contact the seat. Use of materials.
the seat heater by such people could . If any malfunctions are found or the
result in serious injury. heated seat does not operate, turn
the switch off and have the system
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
CAUTION
. The battery could run down if the
seat heater is operated while the
engine is not running.
. Do not use the seat heater for
extended periods or when no one
is using the seat.
. Do not put anything on the seat
which insulates heat, such as a
blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.
Otherwise, the seat may become
overheated.
. Do not place anything hard or heavy
on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
similar object. This may result in
Instruments and controls 2-41
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

131. Black plate (130,1)
CLOCK
GUID-53AD618D-9089-48A6-866B-1B418BEC8B62
light goes off. MODELS WITH COLOR DISPLAY
GUID-9BC2B067-0CB2-4D68-A1A5-7BFFBFAD895C
The heater is controlled by a thermostat, To adjust the clock on the front color display, use
automatically turning the heater on and off. the SETTING button on the center multi-
The indicator light will remain on as long as function control panel. See “How to use
the switch is on. SETTING button” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air
When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition
before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn systems” section.
off the switch. The clock settings display cannot be operated
while driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe place
and apply the parking brake before setting the
clock.
MODELS WITHOUT COLOR DISPLAY
GUID-8DDA095F-EC3A-4CDC-BF15-CE4DA0C40D53
SIC2770 The digital clock (in the audio unit) displays the
time when the ignition switch is in the ACC or
The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The ON position.
switches located on the center console and rear
doors (if so equipped for rear seats) can be To adjust the clock, see “FM-AM radio with
operated independently of each other. Compact Disc (CD) changer” in the “Monitor,
heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice
1. Start the engine. recognition systems” section.
2. Select heat range.
* For high heat, push the HI (High) side of
1
the switch.
* For low heat, push the LO (Low) side of
2
the switch.
The indicator light in the switch *
3 will
illuminate when the heater is on.
3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to
the level position. Make sure the indicator
2-42 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

132. Black plate (131,1)
VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)
POWER OUTLET
OFF SWITCH
GUID-6C21F80D-D0C6-473F-BAEB-444C091BCCDE GUID-6E6BB70A-A5D0-4C05-9E0F-176C7AC9D46F
SSD1153 SIC3587 SIC3652
Center console Console box — Type A
The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle
Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most
driving conditions.
If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC
system reduces the engine output to reduce
wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced
even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.
If maximum engine power is needed to free a
stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.
To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF
switch. The indicator will illuminate.
Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the
engine to turn on the system. (See “Vehicle
Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the “5. SIC3651 SIC3653
Starting and driving” section.) Cargo area (Hardtop models) Console box — Type B
Instruments and controls 2-43
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

133. Black plate (132,1)
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND
ASHTRAY (if so equipped)
GUID-4C7EBD79-5E6D-4E92-9577-71A7BEE6B260
To use the power outlet, pull the cover as . When not in use, be sure to close
illustrated. the cap. Do not allow water to
contact the outlet.
CAUTION
. The outlet and plug may be hot
during or immediately after use.
. Do not use with accessories that
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power
draw. Do not use double adapters or
more than one electrical accessory.
. Use power outlet with the engine
running to avoid discharging the SIC3588
vehicle battery. To open the ashtray lid, push the lid down and
. Avoid using power outlet when the release it * .
1
air conditioner, headlights or rear To empty the ashtray, pull out *.
2
window defroster is on.
The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition
. This power outlet is not designed switch is in the ON position.
for use with a cigarette lighter unit.
Push the lighter in all the way * , then release
3
. Push the plug in as far as it will go. it. When the lighter is heated, it will spring out.
If good contact is not made, the plug Return the lighter to its original position after
may overheat or the internal tem- use.
perature fuse may open.
. Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, be sure the electrical acces- CAUTION
sory being used is turned OFF.
. The cigarette lighter socket is a
power source for the cigarette light-
2-44 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

134. Black plate (133,1)
STORAGE
GUID-86E3CA2B-BC40-4857-A4C1-B3487E3BB786
er element only. The use of the CUP HOLDERS
GUID-4F3D35E7-AF46-473C-BC0C-F0EE7C53FAAC
cigarette lighter socket as a power
source for any other accessory is CAUTION
not recommended.
. Do not use any other power outlet . Avoid abrupt starting and braking
for an accessory lighter. when the cup holder is being used
to prevent spilling the drink. If the
liquid is hot, it can scald you or your
passenger.
. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.
Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
SIC3118
Front
Front GUID-B482EF25-AADD-4164-87B3-E8C8642A9631
To open the cup holder, push the lid *.
1
To remove the inner tray for cleaning, pull it up as
illustrated * .
2
Instruments and controls 2-45
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

135. Black plate (134,1)
SIC3042 SIC4742 SIC3589
Hardtop models CrossCabriolet models
SUNGLASSES HOLDER (Hardtop
Rear The cup holders are located on the center of
GUID-D403F1AF-3B46-4568-9E5A-F5957C8699C4
rear seat.
models) GUID-53F668A0-3562-4634-B37B-CFE15C4C94BD
Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed
while driving to prevent an accident.
To open the sunglasses holder, push *.
1
CAUTION
. Do not use for anything other than
glasses.
2-46 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

136. Black plate (135,1)
. Do not leave glasses in the sun-
glasses holder while parking in
direct sunlight. The heat may da-
mage the glasses.
SIC3590
GLOVE BOXGUID-D5755917-EFBF-415E-AE59-B43411F701B6
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving
to help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.
To open the glove box, pull the handle *.
1
To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.
To lock * /unlock * the glove box, use the
2 3
mechanical key. For the mechanical key usage,
see “Keys” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and
adjustments” section.
Instruments and controls 2-47
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

137. Black plate (136,1)
SIC3654 SIC3591
Front Rear
CONSOLE BOX
GUID-5C4739C0-4DF5-44A9-B5FD-FBFAAABBD011 Rear (Hardtop models)
GUID-92205B1E-0645-4A20-A11C-FD29D6989A28
Front GUID-DD4ABB5A-EB54-4D5E-B3ED-627D92BFD082
To open, push the knob *
1 and pull out *.
2
When the lever * (driver’s seat side) is pulled,
A
the upper case is available for storing some
small items. When the lever * (front passen-
B
ger’s seat side) is pulled, the bottom case is
available for storing some larger ones.
2-48 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

138. Black plate (137,1)
SIC3593 SIC3655 SIC3656
Type A Type B
STORAGE BOX (if so equipped)
GUID-A2B41DF3-66C9-4356-B69B-5EF4B1E23F3B CARGO FLOOR BOX (Hardtop models) Type B
To open, push the storage box lid *
1 as GUID-22855E8F-5045-4BAA-A462-88723F2D13B2 GUID-4B77D327-C009-48B6-8B7B-1FC4BF4CC444
illustrated. Type A To open the cargo floor box, push * . To close,
A
GUID-D8151D1B-506A-40B8-A864-5F630B4E8E0B
push the lid until the lock latches.
The inner tray can be removed * as illustrated.
2 1. To open the cargo floor box, pull the strap
Do not place valuable items in the storage *.
A The net partitions can be removed *
B to make
a larger storage space.
box. 2. Remove the strap * from the back side of
B
the board and hang it on the lip of the lift The cargo floor box needs to be removed when
Do not use the storage box as an ashtray. you need a spare tire. (See “Flat tire” in the “6. In
gate.
case of emergency” section.)
CAUTION
To avoid damage, do not load more
than 22 lbs (10 kg) of cargo into the
Instruments and controls 2-49
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

139. Black plate (138,1)
cargo floor box.
SIC3594
LUGGAGE SIDE BOX (Hardtop mod-
els) GUID-9D068CD2-3E85-4F54-A788-DBF041E5F1B2
To open the luggage side box, pull up the strap.
SIC3595
CARGO COVER (if so equipped for
Hardtop models)
GUID-3641C44E-8123-4F91-B5B7-07B068F6D402
The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo
area hidden from the outside.
To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang both
sides on the hooks * .
1
2-50 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

140. Black plate (139,1)
To use the sub cover, hang the straps on the restraint top tether strap is da-
back of the headrest * .
2
maged.
To stow the cargo cover, remove it from the — If the cargo cover contacts the
hooks and hold until it is retracted. top tether strap when it is at-
To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover and tached to the top tether anchor,
pull the left side of the holder to the opposite remove the cargo cover from the
side * .
3 vehicle or secure it on the cargo
floor below its attachment loca-
tion. If the cargo cover is not
WARNING removed, it may damage the top
tether strap during a collision.
. Never put anything on the cargo
cover, no matter how small. Any — Do not allow cargo to contact
object on it could cause an injury the top tether strap when it is
in an accident or sudden stop. attached to the top tether an-
chor. Properly secure the cargo
. Close the cargo cover when folding
so it does not contact the top
the rear seat.
tether strap. Cargo that is not
. Do not leave the cargo cover in the properly secured or that con-
vehicle with it disengaged from the tacts the top tether strap may
holder. damage the top tether strap
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes during a collision. SIC3596
or straps to help prevent it from
sliding or shifting. Do not place LUGGAGE HOOKS (Hardtop models)
GUID-A76D431E-5514-466D-8503-9352D8CBD662
cargo higher than the seatbacks. In
a sudden stop or collision, unse-
cured cargo could cause personal WARNING
injury.
. Always make sure that the cargo is
. Your child could be seriously injured properly secured. Use the suitable
or killed in a collision if the child ropes and hooks.
Instruments and controls 2-51
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

141. Black plate (140,1)
. Unsecured cargo can become dan-
gerous in an accident or sudden WARNING
stop.
. Do not place anything over the
luggage cover during soft top op-
eration.
CAUTION . Do not place or leave objects under
Do not apply a total load of more than the cover that may push the cover
22 lb (10 kg) * or 7 lb (3 kg) * to a
A B
up.
single hook. . Do not place items on sides that
intrude into luggage cover area.
SIC4744
LUGGAGE COVER (CrossCabriolet
models) GUID-6FCB585A-E72B-4BA2-A8FD-8ADDC214EFA2
A luggage cover is used to separate the trunk
and the top storage area.
To use the luggage cover, pull it out and hang
both sides on the hooks * .
1
To stow the luggage cover, remove it from the
hooks and hold it until it is retracted.
The luggage cover must be pulled out and hung
on hooks * for the soft top to oparate. (See
1
“Soft top (CrossCabriolet models)” in the “3.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)
2-52 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

142. Black plate (141,1)
information regarding GVWR and GAWR, see
“Vehicle loading information” in the “9. Technical CAUTION
and consumer information” section.
Use care when placing or removing
items from the roof rack. If you cannot
WARNING comfortably lift the items onto the roof
rack from the ground, use a ladder or
. Drive extra carefully when the vehi-
stool.
cle is loaded at or near the cargo
carrying capacity, especially if the
significant portion of that load is
carried on the roof rack.
. Heavy loading of the roof rack has
SIC3597 the potential to affect the vehicle
stability and handling during sud-
ROOF RACK (if so equipped for Hard- den or unusual handling maneuvers.
top models) GUID-75E038EF-E93A-4F7C-AC23-5CF5D424F222 . Roof rack load should be evenly
Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof distributed.
rack. Do not load more than 165 lb (75 kg)
. Do not exceed maximum roof rack
(black) or 220 lb (100 kg) (silver) on the roof
load weight capacity.
rails. Observe the maximum load limit shown on
the crossbars or roof carriers when you attach . Properly secure all cargo with ropes
them on the roof rails. Contact a NISSAN dealer or straps to help prevent it from
for crossbar or other equipment information. Be sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop
careful that your vehicle does not exceed the or collision, unsecured cargo could
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or its cause personal injury.
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front and
rear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on the
F.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (lo-
cated on the driver’s door pillar). For more
Instruments and controls 2-53
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

143. Black plate (142,1)
WINDOWS
GUID-F440431D-2466-4C69-98F0-4066DC360F6E
POWER WINDOWS
GUID-B224B039-2B26-4B2E-990E-61770AE48A00
WARNING
. Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
while it is in motion and before
closing the windows. Use the win-
dow lock switch to prevent unex-
pected use of the power windows.
. Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could un-
SIC3505 knowingly activate switches or con- SIC3283A
trols and become trapped in the 1. Driver side window
COAT HOOKS (Hardtop models)
GUID-81FB43A8-33F0-4D0C-8696-020589E0AB14 window. Unattended children could 2. Front passenger side window
The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear become involved in serious acci- 3. Rear left passenger side window
personal lights. dents. 4. Rear right passenger side window
5. Window lock button
The power windows operate when the ignition
CAUTION switch is in the ON position or for about 45 Main power window switch (driver’s
seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to side)
Do not place items which are more than GUID-26DFB0BE-6989-43F9-8167-0F6C3694B624
the OFF position. If the driver’s or front To open or close the window, push down * orA
2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.
passenger’s door is opened during this period pull up * the switch and hold it. The main
B
of about 45 seconds, power to the windows is switch (driver side switches) will open or close
canceled. all the windows.
The power window switches will be deactivated
during soft top operation (CrossCabriolet mod-
els).
2-54 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

144. Black plate (143,1)
Locking passengers’ windows
GUID-16F0A2BC-0A92-4EBF-AEF9-3903882D9E1D
When the lock button * is pushed in, only the
C
driver side window can be opened or closed.
Push it in again to cancel.
SIC3336 SIC3285
Hardtop models
Passenger side power window switch
GUID-4D77BC1E-53A2-4A38-9A39-222E83528CCC
The passenger side switch will open or close
only the corresponding window. To open or
close the window, push down or pull up the
switch and hold it.
SIC4743
CrossCabriolet models
Instruments and controls 2-55
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

145. Black plate (144,1)
Automatic operation
GUID-3B0158AA-9687-4021-B3A8-12225F5D2198
Auto reverse GUID-19580295-1D80-4877-93A6-203373FD0AB2
function Automatic window lowering (CrossCab-
The automatic function is available for the switch riolet models)
GUID-68431D2A-45C1-4082-9602-DC8E37328739
that has an mark on its surface. WARNING When the soft top operating switch is pressed,
To fully open or close the window, completely the power windows will automatically be low-
push down or pull up the switch and release it; it There are some small distances imme- ered completely. The windows do not rise
need not be held. The window will automatically diately before the closed position which automatically after the soft top open/close
open or close all the way. To stop the window, cannot be detected. Make sure that all operation is completed. Use the power window
just push or lift the switch in the opposite passengers have their hands, etc., in- switches to raise them.
direction. side the vehicle before closing the Automatic adjusting function (Cross-
A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window. Cabriolet models)
GUID-2A57D8B8-D2B5-4017-A2B4-5D5758878B3A
window to open or close until the switch is
released. If the control unit detects something caught in
The rear window automatic operation is for the the window as it is closing, the window will be CAUTION
opening function only (CrossCabriolet models). immediately lowered.
The auto reverse function can be activated when When the battery cable is removed from
Simultaneous operation of all four win- the window is closed by automatic operation the battery terminal, do not close either
dows (CrossCabriolet models)
GUID-F3222C8C-2BD6-4165-85A5-6DEB6C706AF6 when the ignition switch is in the ON position or of the front doors. The automatic win-
for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is dow adjusting function will not work
pushed to the OFF position. and the side roof panel may be da-
WARNING maged.
Depending on the environment or driving
Make sure that all passengers have conditions, the auto reverse function may
The power window has an automatic adjusting
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle be activated if an impact or load similar to
function. When the door is being opened, the
before closing the windows. something being caught in the window
window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid
occurs.
contact between the window and the top side
When the driver’s and passenger’s door window rail. When the door is closed, the window is
switches (driver’s side) are pushed down or automatically raised slightly.
pulled up simultaneously, all four windows are
While the automatic adjusting function does not
opened or closed.
work, the window will be controlled as follows:
2-56 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

146. Black plate (145,1)
MOONROOF (if so equipped for
Hardtop models)
GUID-B46D76D1-C71E-43ED-8E5B-5188E0D125CB
. When the door is opened, the window AUTOMATIC MOONROOF AND SUN-
lowers for approximately 0.39 in (10 mm). WARNING SHADES GUID-3349AE79-1AF5-473F-9AB7-69A7957FBC85
. While the door is open, the window cannot The moonroof and sunshades only operates
be raised. . In an accident you could be thrown when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
from the vehicle through an open
If the windows do not close automatically
GUID-4DA9302E-1FB0-4884-925F-1A056E33BC0E moonroof. Always use seat belts
The automatic moonroof and sunshades are
If the power window automatic function (closing operational for about 45 seconds, even if the
and child restraints.
only) does not operate properly, perform the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If
. Do not allow anyone to stand up or the driver’s door or the passenger’s door is
following procedure to initialize the power
extend any portion of their body out opened during this period of about 45 seconds,
window system.
of the moonroof opening while the power to the moonroof and sunshades is
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. vehicle is in motion or while the canceled.
2. Close the door and soft top (CrossCabriolet moonroof is closing.
models).
3. Open the window completely by operating
the power window switch. CAUTION
4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to
close the window, and then hold the switch . Remove water drops, snow, ice or
more than 3 seconds after the window is sand from the moonroof before
closed completely. opening.
5. Release the power window switch. Operate . Do not place any heavy object on
the window by the automatic function to the moonroof or surrounding area.
confirm the initialization is complete. . Do not push or pull on the sun-
6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other shade. Doing so can damage the
windows. sunshade.
If the power window automatic function does
not operate properly after performing the pro-
cedure above, have your vehicle checked by a
NISSAN dealer.
Instruments and controls 2-57
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

147. Black plate (146,1)
operation, push the moonroof switch to either of The auto reverse function can be activated when
the OPEN * , CLOSE * or UP * position.
1 2 5 the moonroof and sunshades are closed by
automatic operation when the ignition switch is
Tilting moonroof
GUID-5BCB6B6D-1017-4E94-B105-E837913634C6 in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after
To tilt up the moonroof, push the moonroof the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
switch to the UP position * .
5 position.
To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch to the If the moonroof and sunshades cannot be
UP position * or push the switch to the
5 closed automatically when the auto reverse
CLOSE position * . 2 function activates due to a malfunction, push
When the moonroof is tilted up, push the and hold the switch to the CLOSE position * .
2
moonroof switch to the second detent to the Depending on the environment or driving
CLOSE position * . The moonroof will tilt down
4 conditions, the auto reverse function may
and the sunshades will close. be activated if an impact or load similar to
SIC3801
something being caught in the moonroof
Auto reverse GUID-07736A6E-057D-4405-B60A-86505A7F3C58
function
Sliding sunshade and moonroof occurs.
GUID-35ECC1C1-78E5-4B3C-860F-E718E2CD552D
When the moonroof switch is pushed to the
WARNING If the moonroof does not operate
GUID-55D929EA-1A05-47B0-9DBB-75466D80DB38
OPEN position * , the front and rear sun-
1 If the moonroof does not operate properly,
shades will fully open. When the switch is perform the following procedure to initialize the
There are some small distances imme-
pushed again, the moonroof will fully open. moonroof operation system.
diately before the closed position which
When the moonroof switch is pushed to the cannot be detected. Make sure that all 1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully by
CLOSE position * , the moonroof will auto-
2 passengers have their hands, etc., in- pushing the switch to the CLOSE position
matically close. Push the switch again, and the side the vehicle before closing the *.2
front and rear sunshades will close. moonroof. 2. Push and hold the switch to the CLOSE
When the moonroof switch is pushed to the position * .
2
second detent to the OPEN * or CLOSE *
3 4 If the control unit detects something caught in
3. Release the moonroof switch after the
position, both the sunshade and moonroof will the moonroof and sunshades when they are
moonroof or sunshade moves slightly to
open or close. closing, the moonroof will be immediately
the closed position.
To stop the sunshades or moonroof during the opened.
2-58 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

148. Black plate (147,1)
INTERIOR LIGHTS
GUID-396974CF-8D5C-4223-9393-BF5087FE27B2
4. Push and hold the switch to the CLOSE
position * for 10 seconds.
2
5. The moonroof and sunshades will fully open
and then close.
6. Check if the moonroof switch operates
normally.
If the moonroof does not operate properly after
performing the procedure above, have your
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.
SIC4238 SIC3250
MAP LIGHTS
GUID-EACC0B68-0B00-4B4C-B7BA-2C1E9F1879FC
PERSONALGUID-649CAF7C-2CCF-4E76-A1BD-9F34B3E94A95
LIGHTS (Hardtop models)
Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on Rear GUID-0958BB58-F974-4165-8A79-D4E6DD15AACD
or off.
Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on
or off.
Instruments and controls 2-59
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

149. Black plate (148,1)
— remain on for about 15 seconds. . any door is opened with the ignition switch
. doors are unlocked by pushing the UN- in any position
LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door — remain on while the door is opened.
handle request switch with the ignition When the door is closed, the lights go
switch in the LOCK position off.
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
OFF positionGUID-2E9E6196-2FCF-4993-83DD-8C4EF8E70D73
. any door is opened and then closed with the
When the switch is in the OFF position * , the
3
ignition switch in the LOCK position
lights will not illuminate, regardless of the
— remain on for about 15 seconds.
condition.
. any door is opened with the ignition switch
in the ACC or ON position
— remain on while the door is opened. CAUTION
SIC4239 When the door is closed, the lights go
off. Do not use for extended periods of time
INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH
GUID-2A6055BA-7B37-4FE4-B397-77EF5A05A796 The lights will also turn off after 15 with the engine stopped. This could
The interior light control switch has three minutes when the lights remain illumi- result in a discharged battery.
positions: ON, DOOR and OFF. nated after the ignition switch has been
pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to
ON position GUID-7462AA90-5FAE-4F84-925A-24F0133E09B3 prevent the battery from becoming dis-
When the switch is in the ON position * the
1 charged.
map lights and rear personal lights will illumi-
Models with color display:
nate.
When the auto interior illumination is set to the
DOOR position
GUID-2534F567-EC7E-4D89-9E58-CCFFC0DDC2B3 OFF position (see “Vehicle information and
When the switch is in the DOOR position * ,2 settings” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air condi-
the map lights and rear personal lights will tioner, audio, phone and voice recognition
illuminate under the following conditions: systems” section), the lights will illuminate under
. ignition switch is switched to the LOCK the following condition:
position
2-60 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

150. Black plate (149,1)
MOOD LIGHTS (Hardtop models) VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO LIGHTS (Hardtop models)
GUID-010F00F5-89B1-468A-B28C-562B74BD8B74 GUID-6E431C2A-BCAB-4ED8-9FA7-03F14AE124F0 GUID-AC16BAD8-F320-4304-996B-A0D05319728A
SIC3599 SIC2064 SIC2131A
Map lights
The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when When the switch is in the ON position * , the 1
The mood lights * located in the following
A
the cover on the vanity mirror is opened. light illuminates while the lift gate is opened.
positions will illuminate whenever the headlight
When the cover is closed, the light will turn off. When the lift gate is closed, the light will turn off.
switch is in the or position.
. next to the map lights The lights will turn off after 15 minutes When the switch is in the OFF position * , the
2
when the lights remain illuminated to light will turn off.
. under the instrument panel
prevent the battery from becoming dis- The lights will turn off after 15 minutes
. under the driver’s power window switch
charged. when the light remain illuminated to pre-
The brightness of the mood lights can be vent the battery from becoming dis-
adjusted with the illumination control buttons. charged.
See “Instrument brightness control” earlier in
this section.
Instruments and controls 2-61
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

151. Black plate (150,1)
TRUNK LIGHT (CrossCabriolet HomeLink® UNIVERSAL
models) TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)
GUID-F7665349-183E-4013-AA39-F31226267085 GUID-55E56F2F-00B7-4A2E-969B-A4422F852328
The light illuminates when the trunk lid is HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a
reverse features as required by
opened. When the trunk lid is closed, the light convenient way to consolidate the functions of
federal safety standards. (These
will turn off. up to three individual hand-held transmitters into
standards became effective for
The light will also turn off after 15 minutes one built-in device.
opener models manufactured after
when the light remains illuminated after HomeLink® Universal Transceiver: April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener
the ignition switch has been pushed to the . Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF) which cannot detect an object in the
OFF or LOCK position to prevent the devices such as garage doors, gates, home path of a closing garage door and
battery from becoming discharged. and office lighting, entry door locks and then automatically stop and reverse,
security systems. does not meet current federal safety
. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No standards. Using a garage door
separate batteries are required. If the opener without these features in-
vehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis- creases the risk of serious injury or
connected, HomeLink® will retain all pro- death.
gramming. . During programming procedure,
Once HomeLink® Universal Transceiver is your garage door or security gate
programmed, retain the original transmit- may open or close. Make sure that
ter for future programming procedures people and objects are clear of the
(Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon garage door, gate, etc. that you are
sale of the vehicle, the programmed programming.
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttons . Your vehicle’s engine should be
should be erased for security purposes. turned off while programming
For additional information, see “Program- HomeLink® Universal Transceiver.
ming HomeLink®” later in this section.
WARNING
. Do not use HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver with any garage door
opener that lacks safety stop and
2-62 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

152. Black plate (151,1)
PROGRAMMING HomeLink®
GUID-D8C5E61E-41B3-4673-B29E-956822CDD882
To program your HomeLink® Transceiver to
operate a garage door, gate, or entry door
opener, home or office lighting, you need to be
at the same location as the device. Note:
Garage door openers (manufactured after
1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-
gram a garage door opener equipped with
“rolling code protection”; you will need to use
a ladder to get up to the garage door opener
motor to be able to access the “smart or learn”
program button.
SIC3612 SIC3613
1. To begin, push and hold the 2 outer 3. Using both hands, simultaneously push and
HomeLink® buttons (to clear the memory) hold both the HomeLink® button you want to
until the indicator light * blinks (after 20
A program and the hand-held transmitter
seconds). Release both buttons. button.
2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has
1 to 3 in (20 to 70 mm) away from the been completed.
HomeLink® surface. 4. Hold down both buttons until the indicator
light on HomeLink® flashes, changing from a
“slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. This could
take up to 90 seconds. When the indicator
light blinks rapidly, both buttons may be
released. The rapidly flashing light indicates
successful programming. To activate the
garage door or other programmed device,
push and hold the programmed HomeLink®
Instruments and controls 2-63
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

153. Black plate (152,1)
button - releasing when the device begins to HomeLink® button you’ve just programmed. NOTE:
activate. Push and release the HomeLink® button up If programming a garage door opener, etc.,
5. If the indicator light on HomeLink® blinks to three times to complete the training. it is advised to unplug the device during
rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid, 8. Your HomeLink® button should now be the “cycling” process to prevent possible
HomeLink® has picked up a “rolling code” programmed. To program the remaining damage to the garage door opener com-
garage door opener signal. You will need to HomeLink® buttons for additional door or ponents.
proceed with the next steps to train gate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only. OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVER-
HomeLink®, completing the programming NOTE: SAL TRANSCEIVER
GUID-19BE850B-BBDC-470B-9850-DE6B57FF6B98
may require a ladder and another person HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro-
Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to
for convenience. grammed) may now be used to activate the
“clear” all previously programmed
6. Push and release the program button HomeLink® buttons. garage door, etc. To operate, simply push the
located on the garage door opener’s motor appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal
If you have any questions or are having difficulty
to activate the “training mode”. This button is Transceiver button. The red indicator light will
programming your HomeLink® buttons, please
usually located near the antenna wire that illuminate while the signal is being transmitted.
refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.
hangs down from the motor. If the wire
homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNO-
originates from under a light lens, you will
PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CA- SIS
need to remove the lens to access the GUID-0B904713-E37A-46A3-9A90-63FADE14E79C
training button. NADIAN CUSTOMERS If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-
GUID-8263D00C-5505-4CBD-9B5E-CB372155C17A
held transmitter information:
NOTE: Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required
Once you have pushed and released hand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after . replace the hand-held transmitter batteries
the training button on the garage door 2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans- with new batteries.
opener’s motor and the “training light” mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and hold . position the hand-held transmitter with its
is lit, you have 30 seconds in which to the HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4 battery area facing away from the
perform step 7. For convenience, use under “Programming HomeLink®”) while you HomeLink® surface.
the help of a second person to assist push and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-held . push and hold both the HomeLink® and
when performing this step. transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator hand-held transmitter buttons without inter-
7. Quickly (within 30 seconds of pushing and light flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro- ruption.
releasing the garage door opener training gramming). . position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in
button) and firmly push and release the (50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink®
2-64 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

154. Black plate (153,1)
surface. Hold the transmitter in that position 3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitter may not cause harmful interference, and
for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not button. (2) this device must accept any interfer-
programmed within that time, try holding the 4. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, first ence received, including interference that
transmitter in another position - keeping the slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator may cause undesired operation.
indicator light in view at all times. light begins to flash rapidly, release both Note: Changes or modifications not ex-
If you continue to have programming difficulties, buttons. pressly approved by the party responsible
please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs for compliance could void the user’s
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button
Department. The phone numbers are located in authority to operate the equipment.
has now been reprogrammed. The new device
the Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.
can be activated by pushing the HomeLink® For Canada:
CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN- button that was just programmed. This proce- This device complies with RSS-210 of
FORMATIONGUID-8C1871E3-C252-465F-A399-47B1EB58E018
dure will not affect any other programmed Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however to HomeLink® buttons. the following two conditions: (1) this
clear all programming, push and hold the two IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN device may not cause interference, and
GUID-464C8E7D-4693-445C-BEED-4B9B07479827
outside buttons and release when the indicator If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the (2) this device must accept any interfer-
light begins to flash (in approximately 20 codes of any non-rolling code device that has ence, including interference that may
seconds). been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the cause undesired operation of the device.
REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE Owner’s Manual of each device or call the
HomeLink® BUTTON
GUID-2BF52974-A0FA-4080-821F-2E188B5DC58B
manufacturer or dealer of those devices for
To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei- additional information.
ver button, complete the following. When your vehicle is recovered, you will
1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink ® need to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-
button. Do not release the button until step sal Transceiver with your new transmitter
4 has been completed. information.
2. When the indicator light begins to flash FCC Notice:
slowly (after 20 seconds), position the For USA:
hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127 This device complies with Part 15 of the
mm) away from the HomeLink® surface. FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
Instruments and controls 2-65
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

155. Black plate (154,1)
MEMO
2-66 Instruments and controls
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

156. Black plate (155,1)
3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys .............................................................................................. 3-3
... Auto closure ....................................................................
... 3-24
Intelligent Key system ......................................................... 3-3
... Lift gate release ..............................................................
... 3-25
Mechanical key .................................................................... 3-4
... Trunk lid (CrossCabriolet models) ....................................
... 3-25
Valet hand-off ....................................................................... 3-5
... Trunk lid release switch ................................................
... 3-25
Doors ............................................................................................ 3-5
... Trunk open request switch ..........................................
... 3-26
Locking with mechanical key ............................................ 3-5
... Trunk button ....................................................................
... 3-26
Opening and closing windows with the Opening with key ...........................................................
... 3-26
mechanical key ..................................................................... 3-6
... Trunk release power cancel switch .............................. 3-26
Locking with inside lock knob .......................................... 3-6
... Interior trunk lid release ................................................
... 3-27
Locking with power door lock switch ............................ 3-7 ... Soft top (CrossCabriolet models) ....................................
... 3-28
Automatic door locks ......................................................... 3-7
... Before operating the top ..............................................
... 3-28
Child safety rear door lock (Hardtop models) ............. 3-8 ... When operating the top ...............................................
... 3-31
Intelligent Key system .............................................................. 3-8
... Luggage cover ................................................................
... 3-32
Intelligent Key operating range ..................................... 3-10
... Soft top indicator light ..................................................
... 3-32
Door locks/unlocks precaution ..................................... 3-10
... Automatic window lowering ........................................
... 3-33
Intelligent Key operation ................................................. 3-11
... Opening the top .............................................................
... 3-33
Battery saver system ....................................................... 3-14
... Closing the top ...............................................................
... 3-34
Warning signals ................................................................ 3-14
... Opening the top using the intelligent key ............... ... 3-34
Troubleshooting guide ..................................................... 3-15
... Troubleshooting guide ..................................................
... 3-35
Remote keyless entry system ............................................. 3-16
... If the top does not open or close electrically ......... ... 3-36
How to use remote keyless entry system .................. 3-17 ... Care of the soft top and the vehicle body .............. ... 3-41
Hood .......................................................................................... 3-20
... Fuel-filler door ........................................................................
... 3-41
Lift gate (Hardtop models) .................................................. 3-20
... Opening fuel-filler door ................................................
... 3-41
Operating manual lift gate ............................................. 3-21
... Fuel-filler cap ..................................................................
... 3-42
Operating power lift gate (if so equipped) ............... 3-21 ...
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

157. Black plate (156,1)
Tilt/telescopic steering ..........................................................
... 3-44 Mirrors ......................................................................................
... 3-46
Manual operation ..............................................................
... 3-44 Inside mirror .....................................................................
... 3-46
Electric operation .............................................................
... 3-44 Outside mirrors ...............................................................
... 3-47
Sun visors ................................................................................
... 3-45 Vanity mirror .....................................................................
... 3-48
Hardtop models ................................................................
... 3-45 Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ................... ... 3-49
CrossCabriolet models ...................................................
... 3-45 Entry/exit function (if equipped) .................................
... 3-49
Memory storage ..............................................................
... 3-49
System operation ...........................................................
... 3-50
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

158. Black plate (157,1)
KEYS
GUID-32E91F93-1BF6-407D-9C4D-E11C706B93DC
A key number plate is supplied with your keys.
Record the key number and keep it in a safe
place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If
you lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for
duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN
does not record any key numbers so it is very
important to keep track of your key number plate.
A key number is only necessary when you have
lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate
from. If you still have a key, this key can be
duplicated by a NISSAN dealer.
SPA2406 SPA2865
Type A Type C
1. Intelligent Key (2)
2. Mechanical key (inside the key) (2)
3. Key number plate (1)
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
GUID-64550E60-3C68-49DC-B450-6EF37FA5B9C2
Your vehicle can only be driven with the
Intelligent Keys which are registered to your
vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-
nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. The new
keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer
prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your
SPA2431 vehicle. Since the registration process requires
Type B erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

159. Black plate (158,1)
nents when registering new keys, be sure to take — Do not change or modify the
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN Intelligent Key.
dealer.
— Do not use a magnet key holder.
— Do not place the Intelligent Key
CAUTION near an electric appliance such
as a television set, personal
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
computer or cellular phone.
with you when driving. The Intelli-
gent Key is a precision device with a — Do not allow the Intelligent Key
built-in transmitter. To avoid dama- to come into contact with water
ging it, please note the following. or salt water, and do not wash it
— The Intelligent Key is water in a washing machine. This
resistant; however, wetting may could affect the system function. SPA2033
damage the Intelligent Key. If . If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,
the Intelligent Key gets wet, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID MECHANICAL KEY
GUID-3D9FF77C-98B0-40A3-93C5-048839219F68
immediately wipe until it is com- code of that Intelligent Key. This will To remove the mechanical key, release the lock
pletely dry. prevent the Intelligent Key from knob at the back of the key.
— Do not bend, drop or strike it unauthorized use to unlock the To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into
against another object. vehicle. For information regarding the key until the lock knob returns to the lock
the erasing procedure, please con- position.
— If the outside temperature is tact a NISSAN dealer.
below 148F (−108C), the battery Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
of the Intelligent Key may not doors and glove box, if they are equipped with a
function properly. key cylinder.
See “Doors” later in this section and “Storage”
— Do not place the Intelligent Key
in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.
for an extended period in a
place where temperatures ex-
ceed 1408F (608C).
3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

160. Black plate (159,1)
DOORS
GUID-A6EDA02E-9855-47C0-A2E8-46DEBDFFD06C
CAUTION WARNING
Always carry the mechanical key in- . Always have the doors locked while
stalled in the key. driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in
VALET HAND-OFF the event of an accident by helping
GUID-EFC63B4C-0F15-4531-AA8B-ACA78CB96860
When you have to leave a key with a valet, give to prevent persons from being
them the Intelligent Key itself after removing the thrown from the vehicle. This also
mechanical key to protect your belongings. helps keep children and others from
unintentionally opening the doors,
To prevent the glove box or the trunk (Cross- and will help keep out intruders.
Cabriolet models) from being opened during
valet hand-off, follow the procedures below. . Before opening any door, always
SPA2432
look for and avoid oncoming traffic.
1. Push the trunk release power cancel switch
. Do not leave children unattended LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY
to the OFF side (CrossCabriolet models). GUID-E8E0764D-7E38-467C-AB80-1609CF8DDD47
inside the vehicle. They could un- The power door lock system allows you to lock
2. Remove the mechanical key from the In- knowingly activate switches or con- or unlock all doors simultaneously using the
telligent Key. trols. Unattended children could mechanical key.
3. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key. become involved in serious acci-
dents. Hardtop models
4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keeping GUID-0BFF314E-455C-4A8A-9BCF-B9DF3F2390B1
the mechanical key in your pocket or bag. . Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to the
Insert the mechanical key into the Intelligent front of the vehicle * will lock all doors.
1
Key when you retrieve your vehicle. . Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once
to the rear of the vehicle * will unlock the
2
See glove box and “Storage” in the “2. Instru-
driver’s door. After returning the key to the
ments and controls” section and “Trunk lid
neutral position * , turning it to the rear
3
(CrossCabriolet models)” later in this section.
again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

161. Black plate (160,1)
Crosscabriolet models
GUID-E42A3CA3-AD22-4044-A8E7-1CE5A91D11A8
key. (See “Remote keyless entry system” later in
. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to the this section.)
rear of the vehicle * will lock all doors.
2 To close the windows, turn the driver’s door key
. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once cylinder to lock for longer than 1 second. The
to the front of the vehicle * will unlock the
1 door is locked and the window keeps closing
driver’s door. After returning the key to the while turning the key.
neutral position * , turning it to the front
3
again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors.
Models with color display:
You can switch the lock system to the mode that
allows you to open all the doors when the key is
turned once. (See “How to use SETTING
button” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air conditioner, SPA2465
audio, phone and voice recognition systems”
section.) LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB
GUID-280B5B43-891E-4CBE-9845-1698016E3BD4
OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS To lock the door individually, move the inside
WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY lock knob to the lock position * then close the
1
GUID-5CA6B107-CCEF-4728-83E6-1D0247152077
door.
The driver’s door key operation also allows you
to open and close the window that is equipped To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the
with the automatic open/close function. (See unlock position * .
2
“Power windows” in the “2. Instruments and When locking the door without Intelligent
controls” section). Key, be sure not to leave the Intelligent
To open the windows, turn the driver’s door key Key inside the vehicle.
cylinder to unlock for longer than 1 second.
The door is unlocked and the window keeps
opening while turning the key.
This function can also be performed by pushing
and holding the door UNLOCK button of the
3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

162. Black plate (161,1)
switch to the unlock position *.
2 3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,
push and hold the power door lock switch to
Lockout protection
GUID-BB47EDF9-3384-43BF-9799-EA35B33C1506 the position (UNLOCK) for more than 5
When the power door lock switch (driver or front seconds.
passenger) is moved to the lock position with
4. When activated, the hazard indicator will
the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open,
flash twice. When deactivated, the hazard
all doors will lock and unlock automatically. With
indicator will flash once.
the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle (not in the
Intelligent Key port) and any door open, all doors 5. The ignition switch must be placed in the
will unlock automatically and a chime will sound OFF and ON position again between each
after the door is closed. setting change.
These functions help to prevent the Intelligent When the automatic door unlock system is
Key from being accidentally locked inside the deactivated, the doors do not unlock when the
SPA2300 vehicle. ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. To
unlock the door manually, use the inside lock
LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS
GUID-FC92C800-B665-49FF-9CDE-4A1CBC7A147B knob or the power door lock switch (driver’s or
SWITCH GUID-DB03598A-E334-478D-9F87-2864156F8581
. All doors will be locked automatically when front passenger’s side).
Operating the power door lock switch will lock the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24
or unlock all the doors. The switches are located km/h).
on the driver’s and front passenger’s door . All doors will be unlocked automatically
armrests. when the ignition switch is placed in the
OFF position.
To lock the doors, push the power door lock
switch to the lock position * with the driver’s
1 The automatic unlock function can be
or front passenger’s door open, then close the deactivated or activated. To deactivate or
door. activate the automatic door unlock system,
perform the following procedure:
When locking the door this way, be certain
not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the 1. Close all doors.
vehicle. 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
To unlock the doors, push the power door lock
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

163. Black plate (162,1)
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
GUID-A26B93CD-32CF-44F2-8707-5F0887B9E015
WARNING CAUTION
. Radio waves could adversely affect . Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
electric medical equipment. Those with you when operating the vehi-
who use a pacemaker should con- cle.
tact the electric medical equipment . Never leave the Intelligent Key in
manufacturer for the possible influ- the vehicle when you leave the
ences before use. vehicle.
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are The Intelligent Key is always communicating with
pushed. The FAA advises that radio the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The
waves may affect aircraft navigation Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio
SPA2433
and communication systems. Do not waves. Environmental conditions may interfere
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK operate the Intelligent Key while on with the operation of the Intelligent Key system
(Hardtop models) an airplane. Make sure the buttons under the following operating conditions.
GUID-02E4EA0C-4602-4E41-993C-FC56ED415767
are not operated unintentionally . When operating near a location where
The child safety rear door locks help prevent
when the unit is stored for a flight. strong radio waves are transmitted, such
doors from being opened accidentally, espe-
cially when small children are in the vehicle. as a TV tower, power station and broad-
The Intelligent Key system can operate all the casting station.
When the levers are in the lock position door (including the lift gate) and the trunk lid . When in possession of wireless equipment,
* , the rear doors can be opened only
1
locks using the remote keyless function or such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,
from the outside. pushing the request switch on the vehicle and CB radio.
To disengage, move the levers to the unlock without taking the key out from a pocket or
. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or
position * .
2 purse. The operating environment and/or condi-
covered by metallic materials.
tions may affect the Intelligent Key system
operation. . When any type of radio wave remote control
is used nearby.
Be sure to read the following before using the
. When the Intelligent Key is placed near an
Intelligent Key system.
electric appliance such as a personal
3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

164. Black plate (163,1)
computer. Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer. . Do not place the Intelligent Key near
. When the vehicle is parked near a parking equipment that produces a mag-
meter. netic field, such as a TV, audio
In such cases, correct the operating conditions
CAUTION
equipment, personal computer or
before using the Intelligent Key function or use cellular phone.
. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,
the mechanical key.
which contains electrical compo-
Although the life of the battery varies depending nents, to come into contact with If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN
on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is water or salt water. This could affect recommends erasing the ID code of that
approximately 2 years. If the battery is dis- the system function. Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent
charged, replace it with a new one. the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to
. Do not drop the Intelligent Key. operate the vehicle. For information regarding
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
. Do not strike the Intelligent Key the erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-
discharged, insert the Intelligent Key into the
sharply against another object. er.
Intelligent Key port to start the engine. Replace
the discharged battery with a new one as soon . Do not change or modify the Intel- The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. For
as possible. For more details, see “Push-button ligent Key. information about disabling the Intelligent Key
ignition switch” in the “5. Starting and driving” . Wetting may damage the Intelligent function, contact a NISSAN dealer.
section. Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,
Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv- immediately wipe until it is comple-
ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipment tely dry.
which transmits strong radio waves, such as . If the outside temperature is below
signals from a TV and personal computer, the 148F (−108C), the battery of the
battery life may become shorter. Intelligent Key may not function
For information regarding replacement of a properly.
battery, see “Intelligent key battery replacement” . Do not place the Intelligent Key for
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” an extended period in an area where
section. temperatures exceed 1408F (608C).
As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered . Do not attach the Intelligent Key
and used with one vehicle. For information about with a key holder that contains a
the purchase and use of additional Intelligent magnet.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

165. Black plate (164,1)
SPA2074 SPA2407
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING switches may not function. DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-
RANGE GUID-88C8AC60-C35F-4257-BFE7-BFFE13458197 When the Intelligent Key is within the operating TION GUID-F886F6E8-EB74-4F3A-823E-A3D70ED7F320
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used range, it is possible for anyone who does not . Do not push the door handle request switch
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified carry the Intelligent Key to push the request with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as
operating range from the request switch * .
1 switch to lock/unlock the doors including the lift illustrated. The close distance to the door
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or gate and open the trunk lid. handle will cause the Intelligent Key system
strong radio waves are present near the operat- to have difficulty recognizing that the In-
ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat- telligent Key is outside the vehicle.
ing range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent . After locking with the door handle request
Key may not function properly. switch, verify the doors are securely locked
by testing them.
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)
from each request switch * .
1 . When locking the doors using the door
handle request switch, make sure to have
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door the Intelligent Key in your possession before
glass, handle or rear bumper the request operating the door handle request switch to
3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

166. Black plate (165,1)
prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in
the vehicle.
. The door handle request switch is opera-
tional only when the Intelligent Key has been
detected by the Intelligent Key system.
. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left
inside the vehicle or the trunk, make sure you
carry the key with you and then lock the
doors or the trunk.
. Do not pull the door handle before pushing
the door handle request switch. The door
will be unlocked but will not open. Release
the door handle once and pull it again to
SPA2408 SPA2779
open the door.
. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION
GUID-11F409E1-2083-4E3E-98C3-276AB17A6B02
doors with the door handle request switch) You can lock or unlock the doors without taking
can be set to remain inactive on the center the key out from your pocket or bag.
display (if so equipped). (See “Vehicle
information and settings” in the “4. Monitor,
heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and
voice recognition systems” section.)
SPA2780
Hardtop models
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

167. Black plate (166,1)
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the are locked, and then the Intelligent Key is put
can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door vehicle. inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed;
handle request switch * (driver’s or front
A However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the the lock will automatically unlock and the door
passenger’s) or the lift gate request switch *B vehicle, doors can be locked with another buzzer sounds.
registered Intelligent Key.
within the range of operation. NOTE:
When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift The doors may not lock when the Intelli-
gate/trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and CAUTION gent Key is in the same hand that is
the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a operating the request switch to lock the
confirmation. For details, see “Setting hazard . After locking the doors using the door. Put the intelligent key in a purse,
indicator and horn mode” later in this section. request switch, make sure that the pocket or your other hand.
doors have been securely locked by
Locking doors
GUID-131EB795-ADF4-4035-8A9F-3856D80189ED operating the door handles.
1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) . When locking the doors using the
CAUTION
position, push the ignition switch to the OFF request switch, make sure to have
position and make sure you carry the The lockout protection may not function
the Intelligent Key in your posses-
Intelligent Key with you.*1 under the following conditions:
sion before operating the request
2. Close all the doors and the lift gate.*2 switch to prevent the Intelligent Key . When the Intelligent Key is placed
3. Push the door handle request switch * or
A from being left in the vehicle. on top of the instrument panel.
lift gate request switch * while carrying
B . The request switch is operational . When the Intelligent Key is placed
the Intelligent Key with you.*3 only when the Intelligent Key has inside the glove box or a storage
4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock. been detected by the Intelligent Key bin.
system. . When the Intelligent Key is placed
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the
outside chime sounds twice. inside the door pockets.
*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the Lockout protection:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 . When the Intelligent Key is placed
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being on or under the spare tire area.
*2: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout . When the Intelligent Key is placed
request switch while any door (including the lift protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key on the outer side of trunk area.
gate) is open. system.
*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle
When the driver’s side door is open, the doors
3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

168. Black plate (167,1)
. When the Intelligent Key is placed button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all
inside or near metallic materials. doors will be locked automatically after another
1 minute.
Unlocking doors
GUID-E389B864-2ED4-43A0-A072-CBA801BA714E
Power lift gate open (if so equipped)
GUID-C4223880-DBCA-4D91-ABF0-AFAF15DD1400
1. Push the door handle request switch * or
A 1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
the lift gate request switch * once while
B 2. Push the power lift gate opener switch *.
C
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
3. The lift gate will unlock and automatically
2. The hazard indicator flashes once and the open.
outside chime sounds once. The corre-
4. The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the
sponding door or the lift gate will unlock.
outside chime sounds.
3. Push the request switch again within 1
To close the lift gate, push the power lift gate
minute.
button on the key, or power lift gate switch on SPA2866
4. The hazard indicator flashes once and the the instrument panel or lower part of the lift gate. CrossCabriolet models
outside chime sounds once again. All the (See “Lift gate (Hardtop models)” in the “3. Pre-
doors and the lift gate will unlock.
Opening trunk lid (CrossCabriolet mod-
driving checks and adjustments” section.)
els) GUID-A3A52D7E-A3C5-486E-B4E3-60918ECC8F87
All doors will be locked automatically unless one
of the following operations is performed within 1 1. Push the trunk open request switch *
D for
minute after pushing the request switch while more than 1 second.
the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time 2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chime will
period, the request switch is pushed, all doors sound four times.
will be locked automatically after another 1 3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
minute.
Lockout protection:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Opening any door (including the lift gate)
To prevent the Intelligent Key from being
. Pushing the ignition switch accidentally locked in the trunk, lockout protec-
. Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli- tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.
gent Key port
When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent
During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK Key inside the trunk, the outside buzzer will
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

169. Black plate (168,1)
sound and the trunk will open.
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM
GUID-20E66BAB-355C-4A3F-B30F-61C4E89141BD
When all the following conditions are met for 60
minutes, the battery saver system will cut off the
power supply to prevent battery discharge.
. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,
and
. All doors are closed, and
. The selector lever is in the P (Park) position.
WARNING SIGNALS
GUID-737B9BCC-17DA-4349-B877-AC71EFB1D933
To help prevent the vehicle from moving
unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the
Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or
to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen,
chime or beep sounds inside and outside the
vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix
liquid crystal display.
When a chime or beep sounds or the warning
displays, be sure to check the vehicle and
Intelligent Key.
See “Troubleshooting guide” later in this section
and “Dot matrix liquid crystal display” in the “2.
Instruments and controls” section.
3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

170. Black plate (169,1)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
GUID-E1D6756A-F1B8-472A-887B-B4B6682D8BDF
Symptom Possible cause Action to take
The SHIFT P warning appears on the display
When pushing the ignition switch The selector lever is not in the P (Park) Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)
and the inside warning chime sounds con-
to stop the engine position. position.
tinuously.
When shifting the selector lever The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-
The inside warning chime sounds continuously.
to the P (Park) position. position. tion.
The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-
When opening the driver’s door position. tion.
The inside warning chime sounds continuously.
to get out of the vehicle The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli-
Key port. gent Key port.
The NO KEY warning appears on the display,
the outside chime sounds 3 times and the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-
inside warning chime sounds for a few position. tion.
When closing the door after get- seconds.
ting out of the vehicle
The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
The SHIFT P warning appears on the display
position and the selector lever is not in position and push the ignition switch to the
and the outside chime sounds continuously.
the P (Park) position. OFF position.
When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
inside lock knob turned to LOCK and all the doors unlock. or cargo/trunk room area.
When pushing the request switch The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle
Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
or the LOCK button on the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds. or cargo/trunk room area.
Intelligent Key to lock the door A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.
When closing the trunk lid The outside chime sounds for approximately 10 Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk.
(CrossCabriolet models) seconds and the trunk lid opens.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

171. Black plate (170,1)
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
GUID-2CA37571-0169-4EEF-8C1B-5C2849855720
when:
WARNING . the distance between the Intelligent Key and
the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).
The Intelligent Key transmits radio . the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.
waves when the buttons are pushed. After locking with the remote keyless entry
The FAA advises that radio waves may function, pull the door handle to make sure the
affect aircraft navigation and commu- doors are securely locked.
nication systems. Do not operate the The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range varies
Intelligent Key while on an airplane. depending on the environment. To securely
Make sure the buttons are not operated operate the lock and unlock buttons, approach
unintentionally when the unit is stored the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door.
for a flight.
SPA2252A
It is possible to lock/unlock all doors and the lift Type A
gate/trunk lid, activate the panic alarm and open
the windows and lift gate/trunk lid (if so
equipped) by pushing the buttons on the
Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle.
Before locking the doors, make sure the
Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.
The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelligent
Key can operate at a distance of approximately
33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effective
distance depends upon the conditions around
the vehicle.) As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can
be used with one vehicle. For information
concerning the purchase and use of additional
Intelligent Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer. SPA2436
The lock and unlock buttons will not operate Type B
3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

172. Black plate (171,1)
HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS 4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All
ENTRY SYSTEM the doors and the lift gate will unlock.
GUID-C6C8F65F-3152-4763-BF0F-A4447FDA547F
When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift All doors will be locked automatically unless one
gate/trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and of the following operations is performed within 1
the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a minute after pushing the UNLOCK button
confirmation. For details, see “Setting hazard * while the doors are locked. If during this 1-
2
indicator and horn mode” later in this section. minute time period, the UNLOCK button *2
is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically
Locking doors
GUID-8CBF74EB-4EC8-465A-B09B-2CA410A11EC0 after another 1 minute.
1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) . Opening any door (including the lift gate) or
position and push the ignition switch to the trunk
OFF position. Make sure you carry the
. Pushing the ignition switch
Intelligent Key with you.*
SPA2867
2. Close all the doors and lift gate. Opening windows
GUID-A6DE3912-EF46-4CEA-887C-286260C70F8F
Type C
*. The UNLOCK button * operation also
2
*
1 LOCK button 3. Push the LOCK button 1
allows you to open the window that is equipped
*
2 UNLOCK button 4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.
with the automatic open/close function. (See
*
3 Power lift gate button (if so equipped) 5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the “Power windows” in the “2. Instruments and
*
4 PANIC button horn chirps once. controls” section).
*
5 TRUNK button (CrossCabriolet models)
*: Doors will lock while the ignition switch is in the
To open the windows, push the door UNLOCK
ACC or ON position.
button * for about 3 seconds after the
2
Unlocking doors
GUID-07D2F8A3-E183-47DE-B2BB-5F0B2765BABE
door is unlocked.
1. Push the UNLOCK button *
2 once. To stop opening, release the UNLOCK
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The button * .
2
driver’s door will unlock. Windows cannot be closed using the button on
3. Push the UNLOCK button * 2 again the Intelligent Key.
within 1 minute. If the window open operation is stopped in mid-
operation while pushing the UNLOCK
button * , release and push the UNLOCK
2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

173. Black plate (172,1)
button *
2 again until the window opens Using panic GUID-0EEA2C46-8F73-4264-8914-B8CE095E8B5C
alarm Setting hazard indicator and horn mode
GUID-0B7C4602-8422-4E4E-A11F-E789553B0A3D
completely. If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn
The door windows can be opened or closed by you can activate the alarm according to the mode when you first receive the vehicle.
turning the mechanical key in a door lock. (See following procedure to call attention. In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the
“Doors” earlier in this section.) 1. Push the PANIC button *
4 for more LOCK button * is pushed, the hazard
1
Opening/closing lift gate (if so equipped) than 1 second. indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
GUID-7A0EC3F3-A0FF-43A5-983C-6F30EE025AB4
2. The theft warning alarm will sound and the When the UNLOCK button * is pushed,
2
1. Push the power lift gate button *
3
the hazard indicator flashes once.
for more than 1 second. headlights will flash for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops under either of the If horns are not necessary, the system can be
2. The lift gate will automatically open.
following conditions. switched to the hazard indicator mode.
The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the
. It has run for 25 seconds, or In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK
outside chime sounds for approximately 3
. Any of the buttons is pushed. (Note: the button * is pushed, the hazard indicator
1
seconds.
PANIC button * should be
4 flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button
To close the lift gate, push the power lift gate pushed for more than 1 second.) * is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor
2
button * .
3 the horn operates.
The lift gate will automatically close. Opening trunk lid (CrossCabriolet mod-
els)
If the power lift gate button * is pushed
3 GUID-87B7F82C-E682-4BF3-BE6B-52CC949856EB
while the lift gate is being opened or closed, the 1. Push the TRUNK button * on the
5
lift gate will reverse. Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.
The power lift gate button * cannot be
3 2. The trunk will unlatch.
operated when the ignition switch is in the ON 3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
position.
3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

174. Black plate (173,1)
Hazard indicator and horn mode: Switching procedure:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the LOCK * and UNLOCK
1 * 2
DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK buttons simultaneously for more than 2 seconds
Intelligent Key system HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once HAZARD - none to switch the mode from one to the other.
(Using door handle or lift gate/ OUTSIDE CHIME - OUTSIDE CHIME - OUTSIDE CHIME - 4
When pushing the buttons to set the hazard
trunk request switch) twice once times
indicator mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3
Remote keyless entry sys-
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once HAZARD - none times.
tem HORN - none
HORN - once HORN - none
(Using , or button) When pushing the buttons to set the hazard
indicator and horn mode, the hazard indicator
Hazard indicator mode: flashes once and the horn chirps once.
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK
Intelligent Key system HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none HAZARD - none
(Using door handle or lift gate/ OUTSIDE CHIME - OUTSIDE CHIME - OUTSIDE CHIME -
trunk request switch) none none none
Remote keyless entry sys-
HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none HAZARD - none
tem HORN - none
HORN - none HORN - none
(Using , or button)
NOS1695
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

175. Black plate (174,1)
HOOD LIFT GATE (Hardtop models)
GUID-EFCA6993-4C66-4840-8CB7-A8AB3D34E97F GUID-4BA01BDD-7B7E-4674-BC74-CD9F5511DABB
WARNING
. Always be sure the lift gate has
been closed securely to prevent it
from opening while driving.
. Do not drive with the lift gate open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-
ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section of this manual.
SPA2437 . Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could un-
1. Pull the hood lock release handle * 1 knowingly activate switches or con-
located below the instrument panel; the hood to fly open and result in an
trols. Unattended children could
accident.
hood will then spring up slightly. become involved in serious acci-
. If you see steam or smoke coming
2. Pull the lever * up at the front of the hood
2 dents.
with your fingertips and raise the hood. from the engine compartment, to
. Always be sure that hands and feet
avoid injury do not open the hood.
3. When closing the hood, slowly close the are clear of the door frame to avoid
hood down and make sure it locks into injury while closing the lift gate.
place.
WARNING
. Make sure the hood is completely
closed and latched before driving.
Failure to do so could cause the
3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

176. Black plate (175,1)
the vehicle twice.
To close the lift gate, pull down until it securely
locks.
OPERATING POWER LIFT GATE (if so
equipped) GUID-8341353C-675A-42F8-BB11-F9F93D73F7A6
To operate the power lift gate, the selector lever
must be in the P (Park) position.
The power lift gate will not operate if the battery
voltage is low.
SPA2438 SPA2461
OPERATING MANUAL LIFT GATE
GUID-61A6DC11-5EF1-41BC-B25F-AD72BB5A5897 Power lift gate main switch
GUID-F5D61AAE-138A-4E73-8934-59B0837383B1
To open the lift gate, unlock it and push the The power lift gate operation can be turned on
opener switch * . Pull up the lift gate to open.
A or off by the power lift gate main switch on the
The lift gate can be unlocked by: instrument panel.
. pushing the unlock button on the When the power lift gate main switch is pushed
Intelligent Key twice. to the “OFF” position, the power operation is not
. pushing the lift gate request switch (if so available by the power lift gate switch on the lift
equipped). gate and lift gate opener switch.
. pushing the door handle request switch
twice (if so equipped).
. pushing the power door lock switch to the
unlock position.
. inserting the mechanical key into the driver’s
door key cylinder and turning it to the rear of
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

177. Black plate (176,1)
Power open GUID-4B6F9483-D240-461C-8F75-22A08D5716EE
When the lift gate is fully closed, the lift gate will
fully open automatically by:
. pushing the power lift gate switch * onA
the instrument panel
. pushing the lift gate opener switch * B
. pushing the power lift gate button * on C
the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second
The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside
chime sounds when the lift gate starts opening.
NOTE:
SPA2439 SPA2463
The lift gate can be opened by the power
lift gate switch * or the lift gate button
A
* even if the lift gate is locked.
C
The lift gate will individually unlock and
open. Once the lift gate is closed, its lock
will align to the vehicle’s lock or unlock
status.
Power closeGUID-E888CA90-E984-4CE2-975D-16E18CC2BCC1
When the lift gate is fully opened, the lift gate
will fully close automatically by:
. pushing the power lift gate switch * on
A
the instrument panel
. pushing the power lift gate switch * on
D
the lower part of the lift gate
SPA2462 SPA2440 . pushing the lift gate release button * on
C
the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second
3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

178. Black plate (177,1)
The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside mode. pushed during power open or close, the power
chime sounds when the lift gate starts closing. A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of the operation will be canceled and the lift gate can
lift gate. If an obstacle is detected by the pinch be operated manually.
Reverse function
GUID-28EE2E95-2E6D-4231-A853-225C012F131B
sensor during power close, the lift gate will
The power lift gate will reverse immediately if
reverse and return to the full open position
one of the following actions is performed during
immediately.
power open or power close.
NOTE:
. pushing the power lift gate switch * on
A
the instrument panel If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed,
the power close function will not operate.
. pushing the lift gate switch * on the lower
D
part of the lift gate
. pushing the lift gate button * on
C WARNING
the Intelligent Key.
The outside chime sounds when the lift gate There is a small distance immediately
starts to reverse. before the closed position that cannot
be detected. Make sure that all passen-
The power lift gate button * on the
C
gers keep their hands, etc., clear from
Intelligent Key cannot be operated when the the lift gate opening before closing the
ignition switch is in the ON position. lift gate.
Auto reverse GUID-588A601D-27B2-48E9-8FDE-883DF425CE62
function
The auto-reverse function enables the lift gate to Manual modeGUID-2D066900-C91C-4239-8B7E-587EF875F5E6
automatically reverse when something is caught If power operation is not available, the lift gate
in the lift gate as it is opening or closing. When can be operated manually. Power operation may
the control unit detects an obstacle, the lift gate not be available if multiple obstacles have been
will reverse and return to the full open or full detected in a single power cycle or if the battery
close position. voltage is low. When the power lift gate main
If a second obstacle is detected, the lift gate switch is in the OFF position, the lift gate can be
motion will stop and the drive motor will opened manually by pushing the lift gate opener
disengage. The lift gate will enter the manual switch. If the power lift gate opener switch is
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

179. Black plate (178,1)
CAUTION CAUTION
. If the power lift gate does not stay . The lift gate will automatically close
open or if the lift gate unexpectedly from a partly open position. To avoid
closes at any time, do not operate pinching, keep hands and fingers
the lift gate. There may be a pres- away from lift gate opening.
sure loss in one or both of the lift . Do not let children operate the lift
gate gas stays. Have the lift gate gate.
inspected by a NISSAN dealer.
. Do not activate the power lift gate if
one or both of the lift gate gas stays
are removed. Damage to the lift
SPA2464
gate or power lift gate mechanisms
may occur.
Safe Mode GUID-9161D00E-0361-4406-9899-CE4F57ECAF0B
If the gas stays of the lift gate * lose pressure,
1
AUTO CLOSURE
GUID-7AD58A51-23F5-4099-B091-E857EB67A8A8
the power lift gate safe mode is activated. When
the safe mode is activated, the lift gate If the lift gate is pulled down to a partly open
intermittently closes. Then the lift gate will be position, the lift gate will pull itself to the closed
pulled to the closed and latched position by a position.
motor. Do not apply excessive force when the
The power lift gate cannot be opened using the auto closure is operating. Excessive force
switches at any time in the safe mode. applied may cause the mechanism to
malfunction.
Do not operate the lift gate again until it is
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

180. Black plate (179,1)
TRUNK LID (CrossCabriolet models)
GUID-2C264EE5-CF00-4D99-8287-BE0FA9532E1E
WARNING
. Do not drive with the trunk lid open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-
ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section of this manual.
. Closely supervise children when
they are around cars to prevent
them from playing and becoming
locked in the trunk where they could
SPA1915 SPA2868
be seriously injured. Keep the car
LIFT GATE RELEASE locked, with the trunk closed, when TRUNK LID GUID-3E3F75C6-3DEC-4CB3-AB7F-5D7232A3354C
RELEASE SWITCH
GUID-1D614743-17EC-4673-B778-F929F5E10CB9
not in use, and prevent children’s
If the lift gate cannot be opened due to a
access to Intelligent Keys.
The trunk lid release switch *
A is located on
discharged battery, follow these steps. the instrument panel.
1. Remove the cover inside of the lift gate with To open the trunk lid, push the release switch
a suitable tool. down as illustrated. To close, push the trunk lid
2. Move the lever toward the direction *
A as down.
illustrated to open the lift gate.
Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

181. Black plate (180,1)
SPA2866-A SPA2871 SPA2869
TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH
GUID-B01B03F7-E6F4-4880-AF56-804BF02D2CC4
OPENING WITH KEY
GUID-A6A5B4FC-5FBC-4C5F-8A27-A149CEEDAF32
TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL
The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the To open the trunk lid, insert the mechanical key SWITCH GUID-4D40CB74-0EE0-44CF-9D72-61FB52259054
trunk open request switch * when the
A to the trunk key cylinder and turn the key to the When the switch located inside the glove box is
Intelligent Key is within the operating range of right side of the vehicle. To close, remove the in the OFF position * , the power to the trunk
A
the trunk lock/unlock function regardless of the key and push the trunk lid down. lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be
inside lock knob position. (See “Intelligent Key opened by the trunk lid release switch, the trunk
system” earlier in this section.) open request switch with the Intelligent Key
TRUNK BUTTON carried with you or the TRUNK button on the
GUID-BBA61B35-8253-481A-BABD-2C8031AD5525
Intelligent Key.
The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the
TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key for When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet
more than 1 second. and want to keep your belongings safe in the
glove box and the trunk, push this switch to OFF
and lock the glove box with the mechanical key.
Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key
with the valet and keep the mechanical key with
3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

182. Black plate (181,1)
you. become locked inside the trunk or in the event of
See “Keys” earlier in this section. the loss of electrical power such as a dis-
charged battery.
To connect the power to the trunk lid, push the
switch to the ON * position.
B Releasing inside the trunk
GUID-AF4D5EDF-174E-4F6F-B198-B456683E28BD
To open the trunk lid from the inside, pull the
release handle * until the lock releases and
1
push up on the trunk lid. The release lever is
made of a material that glows in the dark after a
brief exposure to ambient light.
The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid
as illustrated.
SPA2870
INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE
GUID-76617E49-69A3-42A3-B4CE-6BA318A11DE5
WARNING
Closely supervise children when they
are around cars to prevent them from
playing and becoming locked in the
trunk where they could be seriously
injured. Keep the car locked, with the
trunk lid securely latched, when not in
use, and prevent children’s access to
Intelligent Keys.
The interior trunk lid release mechanism allows
opening of the trunk lid in the event that people
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

183. Black plate (182,1)
SOFT TOP (CrossCabriolet models)
GUID-4E386DA4-547C-4A5A-BC6A-9C85B5A124D5
(See “Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet mod-
els)” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section).
. When the selector lever is in a position other
than the R (Reverse) position.
CAUTION
Always keep the engine running while
operating the soft top. The top will also
operate when the ignition switch is in
the ON position, but run the engine to
SPA2872
prevent a discharged battery.
Interior/exterior view
1. Soft top indicator light (on the combination BEFORE OPERATING THE TOP Be sure to follow the operating instructions, and
GUID-B5A72515-20E3-4BF7-986E-50FBF5D603CE
meter) all the warnings and cautions in this section.
The soft top of this vehicle is electrically
2. Soft top operating switch Improper operation of the top could cause
operated. You can fully open or close the top
3. Top lock hole a system malfunction, damage, or dete-
only by pressing the operating switch located on
4. Soft top rioration of the top material and related
the center console.
5. Rear parcel shelf parts.
6. Skylight glass Only operate the soft top operating switch under
7. Rear window all of the following conditions:
8. Top storage lid . When the trunk is closed.
9. Trunk lid . When the vehicle is stopped.
. When the engine is running or when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
. When the luggage cover is pulled out and
hooked so that the roof storage area is
separated from the trunk.
3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

184. Black plate (183,1)
it while moving. The top operating
system could also be damaged.
. Do not operate the top when there
is not enough clearance behind the
vehicle. Someone could become
trapped between the top storage
lid and another object (for example
a wall) which could result in serious
injury.
. Do not operate the top in a strong
wind. It could be blown by the wind,
striking someone or damageing the
SPA2873 top. JVP0045X
. Do not allow anyone to stand up or
extend any portion of their body out
WARNING of the opening while the vehicle is in WARNING
motion or while the top is being
. Park the vehicle in a safe and level operated. . Never install a cover or film (for
place and apply the parking brake. example window tint) on the sky-
. In an accident you could be thrown
. Make sure the parking area is clear light glass. This may cause the dual
from the vehicle with an open top.
of obstacles and there is enough pop-up roll bars to operate impro-
Always use seat belts and proper
clearance over the top (for example, perly and could result in serious
child restraints.
in a garage or a covered area). More injury or death in the event of a
than approximately 10 ft (3 m) from rollover. (see “Dual pop-up roll bar
the ground and more than approxi- system (CrossCabriolet models)” in
mately 4.9 ft (1.5 m) from the rear of the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts
the vehicle is required to open or and supplemental restraint system”
close the top safely. Otherwise, the section.)
top may damage any objects above
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

185. Black plate (184,1)
. Do not place anything in the top
CAUTION storage area. The top will not fit
there properly, and this could da-
. Do not operate the top when the mage the top and/or the vehicle
temperature is below 328F (08C). body.
This may result in damage to the
. Do not sit or place anything on the
top material or operating system.
top, rear parcel shelf, inner flaps,
. Remove water drops, snow, ice or storage lid and trunk lid, especially
sand from the top, and dry the when the top is being operated. The
surface of the top completely before top may be damaged.
opening it.
. Do not drive the vehicle with the top
. Do not open the top when it is wet partially opened. Always make sure
or damp. This may cause interior SPA2691 the top is either fully opened or
water damage, stains or mildew on closed before driving.
the top material.
. Secure items so that they cannot be
. Be sure to turn off the rear window CAUTION blown from the vehicle while driving
defroster switch. Never turn it on with the top open.
while the top is being operated or . Do not place any objects between
. Do not operate the top manually
fully opened. The heat may damage the top cloth and the structure.
except for emergency cases. Manual
the top material. Doing so could interfere with top
operation may damage the top.
operation and cause damage to the
top operating system or the objects. . Be sure to fully open or fully close
the top. Do not release the switch
. Do not place anything on the top,
half way through the roof opening
rear parcel shelf, inner flaps and
or closing process. If the top is only
trunk lid. Even small items may
partially opened, significant da-
interfere with the top operation
mage to the top could occur.
and could cause damage to the top
or the vehicle body. . Do not operate the top if the dual
pop-up roll bars have been acti-
3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

186. Black plate (185,1)
vated. Extended dual pop-up roll
bars may interfere with top opera-
tion and could cause damage to the
top or the vehicle body.
Make sure the trunk lid is securely closed before
operating the top.
SPA2874 SPA2875
WHEN OPERATING THE TOP
GUID-9783AAEB-D9EE-4150-9CAA-F03901BE51C6
CAUTION
WARNING
. Keep all parts of the top linkage
Keep hands and other parts of the body clear of obstructions, or the top
away from moving parts such as the latch may not be securely locked.
top, storage lid, inner flap * and
A . Do not place anything in the top
power windows. storage area. Cargo that contacts
the top could damage the top and/
or the vehicle body. See Caution
label * attached in the trunk.
B
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

187. Black plate (186,1)
NOTE: fully opened or fully closed position.
. In case of low battery or low tempera-
When the soft top is operating, and any of the
ture, the top may temporarily stop
following conditions occur, the top will stop
moving during the operation. This func-
operating.
tions to protect the top control me-
chanism, and it is not a malfunction. . When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)
. The top operation may be automati- position.
cally stopped to protect the system . When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3
under the following conditions: MPH (5 km/h) or more.
— Immediately after the engine is . When the battery voltage is extremely low.
started. . When the temperature of the soft top
— If the top or power windows are system becomes extremely high.
operated repeatedly in a short per- Release the soft top operating switch, and push
iod of time. SPA1691 the switch again to move the top to the fully
— If the top is left partially open for a opened or closed position. The soft top indicator
SOFT TOP GUID-AC0A62DC-CB4D-48FD-9A3A-3C2535153F4E
INDICATOR LIGHT light will turn off when the top operation is
long period of time before the top is
fully opened. The soft top indicator light in the instrument completely finished.
panel shows the conditions of top operation.
Wait for approximately 5 minutes be- If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the
The light illuminates when the soft top is being
fore operating the top again. ignition switch ON (whether the top is operated
operated or if it is stopped before reaching the
LUGGAGE COVER or not, and when the top is engaged), it may
GUID-B26A5118-9345-47A5-9852-69A71FF769AB fully opened or closed position. When the top is
indicate the top operating system is not
The soft top can be operated only when the fully opened or closed, the light will turn off.
functioning properly. Have your vehicle checked
trunk is separated by the luggage cover. The The light blinks while the soft top is not fully by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.
luggage cover must be pulled out and hung on opened or closed under the following condi-
the hooks or the top will not operate. tions:
(See “Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet models)” . When the vehicle is driven.
in the “2. Instruments and controls” section). . When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)
position.
Only drive the vehicle when the soft top is in the
3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

188. Black plate (187,1)
AUTOMATIC GUID-53158076-5049-419E-B46E-60FF9661FC5C
WINDOW LOWERING NOTE:
When the soft top operating switch is pressed, If you release the switch and press it again
the power windows will automatically be low- while the top is being opened, the top will
ered completely. The windows do not rise slightly move to the closing direction, then
automatically after the top operation is com- start moving to the opening direction
pleted. Use the power window switches to raise again. The top is designed to move in this
them. way. It is not a malfunction.
SPA2632
OPENING THE TOP
GUID-A212C8E0-E684-4914-9C6A-29123B5D454E
1. Start the engine.
2. Push OPEN on the soft top operating switch
and hold it until the top is fully opened.
. The soft top indicator light will illuminate
while the top is in motion. (In about 20
seconds, the opening movement will
finish and the indicator light turns off.)
. Windows will automatically be fully
opened.
3. Release the switch when the top is fully
opened. (The indicator light turns off.)
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

189. Black plate (188,1)
OPENING THE TOP USING THE IN-
TELLIGENT GUID-49044D36-3539-45EB-A570-6E07681CB5C9
KEY
The soft top can be opened using the door
handle request switch.
SPA2633 JVP0049X
CLOSING THE TOP
GUID-DAD80567-3F61-4CBF-86B1-D92B657E227A Opening theGUID-4C7A2A7D-B19A-4092-923C-63EC90103CB4
soft top
1. Start the engine. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and
2. Push CLOSE on the soft top operating make sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you.
switch and hold it until the top is fully closed. Make sure that the trunk luggage cover is pulled
. The soft top indicator light will illuminate out and hung on the hooks. Push the door
while the top is in motion. (In about 20 handle request switch (driver’s or passenger’s)
seconds, the closing movement will * and hold it until the soft top is fully open.
A
finish.)
. Windows will automatically be fully
opened.
3. Release the switch when the top is fully
closed. (The indicator light will turn off.)
3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

190. Black plate (189,1)
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
GUID-2D51144E-87AE-4042-BCCA-A9F63DED76ED
If the soft top stops halfway during operation or does not operate normally, follow the procedures shown in the following table. If the procedures in the
following table do not solve the symptom, immediately contact a NISSAN dealer for the inspection.
Symptom Beep Possible cause Possible solution
The OPEN side of the soft top operating switch is Push the CLOSE side of the soft top operating
pushed while the soft top is fully open, or the switch when the soft top is fully open. Push the
Sounds twice
CLOSE side of the soft top operating switch is OPEN side of the soft top operating switch when the
pushed while the soft top is fully closed. soft top is fully closed.
The OPEN side of the soft top operating
switch is pushed, but the soft top does not Shift the selector lever to the P (Park) or N (Neutral)
Sounds twice The selector lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
operate. position, and then operate the soft top.
Sounds twice The trunk lid is opened. Fully close the trunk lid.
Does not sound The battery voltage is low. Start the engine again and operate the soft top.
Does not sound The operation stops to protect the system. Wait for approximately 5 minutes.
Check that an object is not trapped inside the rear
Objects are trapped in the moving structure of the parcel shelf, inner flap and soft top. After the check,
The soft top stops halfway during opera- Sounds twice
soft top. turn the ignition switch to the OFF position, start the
tion. engine again and then operate the soft top.
Sounds twice The battery voltage is low. Start the engine again and operate the soft top.
When the vehicle is being driven, the beep Sounds continu- Immediately park the vehicle in a safe location and
The soft top is partially opened. fully open or fully close the soft top.
sounds. ously
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-35
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

191. Black plate (190,1)
IF THE TOP DOES NOT OPEN OR
CLOSE ELECTRICALLY
GUID-17B75AAD-7BCD-4553-9A36-FB3FA5E49CAF
WARNING
If you cannot operate the soft top with the
operating switch, first check whether all the . Do not drive with the top partially
following operating conditions are met. opened.
. Vehicle is stopped . If the top cannot be operated prop-
. Ignition switch is ON (Run the engine when erly, see a NISSAN dealer as soon
operating the top.) as possible to have your vehicle
checked.
. The trunk is closed
. The selector lever is in a position other than
the R (Reverse) position
. The luggage cover is pulled out and hooked CAUTION
so that the roof storage area is separated JVP0036X
from the trunk. The storage lid is extremely heavy. The
storage lid should be manually opened a. Remove the trunk light *.
1
If the top still does not move under the above
or closed by two people. b. Remove the lower trim clips * and
3
conditions or has any system malfunction, see a
remove the upper and lower trim pieces
NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. When you
must close the top by yourself, in the event of 1. Open the trunk lid. In the event of a *.
2
emergency or when an immediate dealer service discharged battery, the secondary trunk c. Remove the two luggage cover hooks * 4
is not available, close the top manually accord- release mechanism should be operated. on the left and right side of the trunk.
ing to the procedures shown in this section. (See “Trunk lid (CrossCabriolet models)” Then disconnect the connector * on5
earlier in this section.) the left side luggage cover hook.
When closing the soft top manually:
2. Open the top storage lid. d. Remove the clips * behind the luggage
6
. Move the vehicle to a safe place, away from
cover hooks.
traffic.
. Two people should perform this procedure,
as some of the top parts are extremely
heavy.
The top cannot be opened manually.
3-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

192. Black plate (191,1)
* in the direction of the arrow using a
A
suitable tool, and release the storage lid
lock * .
B
NOTE:
Use a cloth or other tool to protect your
hands when pulling on the cables.
JVP0038X
f. Push and hold the lever * toward the
C
front of the vehicle to release the storage
lid.
g. Close the trunk lid.
CAUTION
Make sure to close the trunk lid before
opening the storage lid. The storage lid
may contact the trunk lid and damage it.
JVP0037X
e. Pull back the left and right side trim in the
trunk room. Pull the left and right cables
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-37
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

193. Black plate (192,1)
j. Move the inner flap * and * in the
E F
direction of the arrows, then secure the
flaps with tape or string.
JVP0039X
h. With two people, manually lift the storage
lid by hand on the left and right side of
the vehicle at lid edge * .
D
JVP0040X
i. Move the storage lid in the direction
marked by the arrow to open it.
3-38 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

194. Black plate (193,1)
soft top forward all the way.
JVP0041X
3. Close the soft top.
a. Pull up the soft top simultaneously from
the right and left side of the vehicle.
JVP0042X
b. Lift the rear side of the soft top * until it
A
is out of the storage area, then open the
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-39
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

195. Black plate (194,1)
JVP0043X JVP0044X SPA2689
c. Close the storage lid. d. Close the front and rear parts of the soft 4. Lock the front part of the soft top.
top at the same time as illustrated. a. Remove the cap *
1 as illustrated.
CAUTION b. Insert tool * (located in the trunk) into
2
the hole and turn clockwise.
Make sure to close the storage lid
completely. The storage lid may contact
the soft top and damage it. CAUTION
. After closing the top manually, have
the system checked and/or repaired
by a NISSAN dealer as soon as
possible.
. Avoid leaving the vehicle outside for
long periods or driving at high
speeds. The rear of the top is not
3-40 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

196. Black plate (195,1)
FUEL-FILLER DOOR
GUID-58F03607-9C0E-45A3-A739-6F6533CBE06D
locked completely, and this may . A protective clear tape is applied to the top
allow wind and rain to get into your storage lid painted surface where the soft
vehicle. top contacts the surface. When the top is
fully closed, the tape may transmit some
light, visible from the inside of the vehicle.
CARE OF THE SOFT TOP AND THE
This does not affect the water and air
VEHICLE BODY
GUID-85248970-F9FC-4037-98ED-B29AF18639F5 tightness of the seal.
To use your CrossCabriolet safely and comfor- . The inner surface of the trunk and top
tably, you need to observe all the warnings and storage lids may show a fibrous, or marbled
cautions shown in the previous pages. Also, to pattern. This is the normal appearance of the
maintain a good appearance of the soft top and material used in these parts.
the vehicle body, you need to care for them by
cleaning and/or washing properly.
SPA2441
CAUTION OPENING FUEL-FILLER DOOR
GUID-C2164B1B-2157-4717-902B-A3E94EF3F4D7
To open the fuel-filler door, push the opener
. Do not use an automatic car wash or
switch located below the instrument panel. To
a high-pressure car wash to clean
lock, close the fuel-filler door securely.
your vehicle. The top may be da-
maged and water may leak into the
inside of the vehicle.
. Store the vehicle with the top closed
if it is not to be used for long
periods. Keeping the top stowed
for long periods may cause wrinkles
on the surface of the top.
See “Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearance
and care” section for detailed instructions.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-41
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

197. Black plate (196,1)
FUEL-FILLERGUID-45E9B200-5266-43FB-B114-5A04EF6FA26A
CAP . Never pour fuel into the throttle . Insert the cap straight into the fuel-
body to attempt to start your vehi- filler tube, then tighten the fuel-filler
WARNING cle. cap until a single click is heard.
. Do not fill a portable fuel container Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap
. Gasoline is extremely flammable in the vehicle or trailer. Static elec- properly may cause the mal-
and highly explosive under certain tricity can cause an explosion of function indicator light (MIL) to
conditions. You could be burned or flammable liquid, vapor or gas in illuminate. If the light illumi-
seriously injured if it is misused or any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the nates because the fuel-filler cap is
mishandled. Always stop engine risk of serious injury or death when loose or missing, tighten or install
and do not smoke or allow open filling portable fuel containers: the cap and continue to drive the
flames or sparks near the vehicle vehicle. The light should turn off
— Always place the container on
when refueling. after a few driving trips. If the
the ground when filling.
light does not turn off after a few
. Do not attempt to top off the fuel — Do not use electronic devices driving trips, have the vehicle in-
tank after the fuel pump nozzle when filling. spected by a NISSAN dealer.
shuts off automatically. Continued
refueling may cause fuel overflow, — Keep the pump nozzle in contact For additional information, see
resulting in fuel spray and possibly with the container while you are “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”
a fire. filling it. in the “2. Instruments and controls”
. Use only an original equipment type — Use only approved portable fuel section.
fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It containers for flammable liquid. . The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will
has a built-in safety valve needed appear if the fuel-filler cap is not
for proper operation of the fuel properly tightened. It may take a few
system and emission control sys- driving trips for the message to be
tem. An incorrect cap can result in a
CAUTION displayed. Failure to tighten the
serious malfunction and possible fuel-filler cap properly after the
. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears
injury. It could also cause the mal-
flush it away with water to avoid may cause the Malfunction
function indicator light to come on.
paint damage. Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.
3-42 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

198. Black plate (197,1)
to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning
after tightening the fuel cap.
SPA2442 SPA2833
To remove the fuel-filler cap: LOOSE FUEL CAP warning
GUID-A04C09C8-3C53-423B-AC70-189E634F9E83
1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise to The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the
remove. dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel-
2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder *
A filler cap is not tightened correctly after the
while refueling. vehicle has been refueled. It may take a few
To install the fuel-filler cap: driving trips for the message to be displayed. To
turn off the warning, perform the following steps:
1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-
filler tube. 1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soon
as possible. (See “Fuel-filler cap” earlier in
2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a
this section.)
single click is heard.
2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a single click
is heard.
3. Push the reset switch * on the right side
A
of the combination meter for about 1 second
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-43
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

199. Black plate (198,1)
TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING
GUID-24FBE4B2-4508-4AC7-A4F2-026DF692853E
WARNING
. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You could lose control
of your vehicle and cause an acci-
dent.
. Do not adjust the steering wheel
any closer to you than is necessary
for proper steering operation and
comfort. The driver’s air bag inflates
with great force. If you are unrest-
rained, leaning forward, sitting side-
SPA2443 SPA2444A
ways or out of position in any way,
you are at greater risk of injury or MANUAL OPERATION ELECTRIC OPERATION
GUID-20C3E099-AD1B-4DFF-97DD-6AF9D7373A42 GUID-27257F1D-DB84-47F2-83F2-B6F7CC1D700D
death in a crash. You may also
receive serious or fatal injuries from Manual operation
GUID-69ADA9CB-3148-41B8-8BFC-2FD888E82F39
Tilt or telescopic operation
GUID-0F8A0E36-72D5-4F58-A543-110128462B2D
the air bag if you are up against it Pull the lock lever * down and adjust the
1 Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or
when it inflates. Always sit back steering wheel forward or rearward to the down, forward or rearward to the desired
against the seatback and as far desired position. position.
away as practical from the steering Push the lock lever up securely to lock the Entry/Exit function operation (if so
wheel. Always use the seat belts. steering wheel in place. equipped): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pull the lock lever * and adjust the steering
2 The automatic drive positioner system will make
wheel up or down to the desired position. the steering wheel move up automatically when
Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel the driver’s door is opened with the ignition
in place. switch in the LOCK position. This lets the driver
get into and out of the seat more easily.
For more information, see “Automatic drive
positioner” later in this section.
3-44 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

200. Black plate (199,1)
SUN VISORS
GUID-E95255EA-C17D-4F05-8E11-DD566D7FB686
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-ACCBC1FC-4BB4-4873-BB24-EFB9F2B19183
CAUTION
. Do not store the main sun visor
before storing the extension sun
visor.
. Do not pull the extension sun visor
forcedly downward.
1. To block out glare from the front, swing
down the main sun visor * .
1
2. To block glare from the side, remove the
main sun visor from the center mount and
swing it to the side * .
2
3. Draw out the extension sun visor * from
3
the main sun visor to block from further
glare.
SIC2872
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-638F4A62-05CB-4943-BF6B-4E76A2BF9AB2
1. To block out glare from the front, swing
down the sun visor * .
1
2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun
visor from the center mount and swing it to
the side * .
2
SIC3451
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-45
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

201. Black plate (200,1)
MIRRORS
GUID-18188D7A-64F7-4D74-BFF2-8A606EDED136
SPA2447 SPA2143 SPA2422A
Type A
INSIDE MIRROR
GUID-333780B7-50C0-4562-BBC4-FEC53134867A
Manual anti-glare type
GUID-F100EFA2-76F3-450F-8CD1-FA039540B2A2
Adjust the height and the angle of the inside The night position * will reduce glare from the
1
mirror to the desired position. headlights of vehicles behind you at night.
Use the day position * when driving in daylight
2
hours.
WARNING
Use the night position only when ne-
cessary, because it reduces rear view
clarity.
SPA2450
Type B
3-46 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

202. Black plate (201,1)
Automatic anti-glare type For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver opera-
GUID-75561106-D8BE-4E21-A23B-64B84E0A7AC5
The inside mirror is designed so that it tion, see “HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” in
automatically changes reflection according to the “2. Instruments and controls” section.
the intensity of the headlights of the following OUTSIDE MIRRORS
GUID-EA0119F9-F39F-4DB3-A112-568766B0ECF6
vehicle.
The anti-glare system will be automatically WARNING
turned on when the ignition switch is pushed
to the ON position. Objects viewed in the outside mirror on
When the anti-glare system is turned on, the the passenger side are closer than they
indicator light * will illuminate and excessive
A appear. Be careful when moving to the
glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind right. Using only this mirror could cause
you will be reduced. an accident. Use the inside mirror or
Type A: Push the switch * to make the
B glance over your shoulder to properly SPA2319
inside rearview mirror operate normally and the judge distances to other objects.
indicator light will turn off. Push the switch Adjusting outside mirrors
GUID-BDFF896E-E842-4BF3-8D64-FADE035BD4D5
again to turn the system on. The outside mirror control switch is located on
Type B: Push the “*” switch * to make the
C the armrest.
inside rearview mirror operate normally. The The outside mirror will operate only when the
indicator light will turn off. Push the “I” switch ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
* to turn the system on.
D
Turn the switch right or left to select the right or
Do not allow any object to cover the left side mirror * , then adjust using the control
1
sensors * or apply glass cleaner on
E switch * .2
them. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity
of the sensor, resulting in improper opera-
tion.
For the compass (if so equipped) operation, see
“Compass” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
section.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-47
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

203. Black plate (202,1)
Defrosting outside mirrors (if so
equipped) GUID-68C28473-B796-47E1-911F-00D0EEF293DB
The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear
window defroster switch is operated.
SPA1829 SIC2064
Foldable outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR
GUID-67A0AA3C-5897-4AD3-A960-33D20860995E
GUID-820E720A-12E0-455E-87A1-9AB90C7B54F2
Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun
rear of the vehicle. visor and pull up the cover.
3-48 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

204. Black plate (203,1)
AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if
so equipped)
GUID-851FDA9C-62A3-4F94-9BB3-456D0780664E
The automatic drive positioner system has two switch for more than 10 seconds.
features: The indicator lights on the memory switches (1
. Entry/exit function (if equipped) and 2) will blink once when the function is
. Memory storage canceled, and the indicator lights will blink twice
ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION (if equipped) when the function is activated. Note that the
GUID-B20D2394-0488-4194-B222-ACBB971CCC5C
indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds
This system is designed so that the driver’s seat
while holding the SET switch. This indicates
and steering column will automatically move
readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a
when the selector lever is in the P (Park)
stored memory position. Keep the SET switch
position. This allows the driver to get into and
pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or
out of the driver’s seat more easily.
off the entry/exit function.
The driver’s seat will slide backward and the
The entry/exit function can also be activated or
steering wheel will move up when the driver’s
canceled if the “Lift Steering Wheel on Exit” key
door is opened with the ignition switch in the SPA2756
or “Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit” key is turned
LOCK position and the Intelligent Key not
to ON or OFF in the “Comfort” settings. (See MEMORY STORAGE
inserted in the Intelligent Key port. GUID-1645D943-6DDE-4A8E-B347-C359AF16FEDF
“Vehicle information and settings” in the “4. Two positions for the driver’s seat, steering
The driver’s seat and steering wheel will return Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone
to the previous positions when the ignition column and outside mirrors can be stored in the
and voice recognition systems” section.) automatic drive positioner memory. Follow these
switch is pushed to the ACC position.
Initialize entry/exit function procedures to use the memory system.
The driver’s seat will not return to the previous GUID-3B7D11F0-51D7-4A5F-B078-9C3A3C24A746
positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse 1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
is operated when the seat is at the exit position. opens, the entry/exit function will not work position.
though this function was set on before. In such 2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
Cancel or activate entry/exit function a case, after connecting the battery or replacing
GUID-58D4463D-3833-4D6F-AB39-9C380DA99AC9 3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column and
The selector lever must be in the P (Park) with a new fuse, open and close the driver’s outside mirrors to the desired positions by
position with the ignition switch in the OFF door more than two times after the ignition manually operating each adjusting switch.
position. switch is placed in the LOCK position from the For additional information, see “Seats” in the
The entry/exit function can be activated or ON position. The entry/exit function will be “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-
canceled by pressing and holding the SET activated. mental restraint system” section and “Tilt/
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-49
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

205. Black plate (204,1)
telescopic steering” earlier in this section then push the button on the Intelligent Key. . Push the ignition switch to the ON
and “Outside mirrors” earlier in this section. The driver’s seat, steering wheel and outside position and push the memory switch (1
mirrors will move to the memorized position. or 2).
4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,
push the memory switch (1 or 2).
. Within 45 seconds of opening the
Confirming memory storage
GUID-C42E9A63-7C42-464C-ABAE-3B9C731E9AA0 driver’s door, push the memory switch
The indicator light for the pushed memory . Push the ignition switch to the ON position (1 or 2).
switch will stay on for approximately 5 and push the SET switch. If the main
seconds after pushing the switch. The driver’s seat, steering column and
memory has not been stored, the indicator outside mirrors will move to the memorized
If memory is stored in the same memory light will come on for approximately 0.5 position with the indicator light flashing, and
switch, the previous memory will be deleted. second. When the memory has stored in then the light will stay on for approximately 5
position, the indicator light will stay on for seconds.
Linking Intelligent Key to a stored mem- approximately 5 seconds.
ory position GUID-83DABFB4-1BAC-4D52-AAD9-89B23BBFA840 SYSTEM OPERATION
. If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the GUID-6E092FC2-4164-461D-8930-0184862E613A
The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored fuse opens, the memory will be canceled. In The automatic drive positioner system will not
memory position with the following procedure. this case, reset the desired position using work or will stop operating under the following
1. Follow one of the steps for storing a memory the previous procedure. conditions:
position. . If optional keys are added to your vehicle, . When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7
. While the indicator light for the memory the memory storage procedure to switch 1 km/h) (entry/exit function).
switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec- or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to . When the vehicle is driven (memory sto-
onds, push the button on the Intelligent a stored memory position should be per- rage).
Key. formed again for each Intelligent Key. For . When the adjusting switch for the driver’s
. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position, additional Intelligent Key information, see seat and steering column is turned on while
and then push the SET switch. Push the “Keys” earlier in this section. the automatic drive positioner is operating.
button while pushing the memory button Selecting the memorized position . When the seat, steering column and outside
GUID-1B13DD82-31E7-4920-83B1-6D7C94FBAB3E
while the indicator light stays on for approxi- mirrors have already been moved to the
1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
mately 5 seconds. memorized position.
position.
If the indicator light blinks, the Intelligent Key is . When no position is stored in the memory
linked to that memory setting. 2. Use one of the following methods to move switch.
the driver’s seat, the outside mirrors and the
Push the ignition switch to the OFF position, and steering wheel.
3-50 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

206. Black plate (205,1)
. When the engine is started while moving the
automatic drive positioner.
. When the selector lever is moved from the P
(Park) position to any other position. (How-
ever, it will not be canceled while the seat
and steering column are returning to the
previous positions (entry/exit function).)
. When the driver’s door remains open for
more than 45 seconds and the ignition
switch is not in the ON position.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-51
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

207. Black plate (206,1)
MEMO
3-52 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

208. Black plate (207,1)
4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone
and voice recognition systems
Safety note .................................................................................. 4-3
... Manual operation ............................................................
... 4-33
Center multi-function control panel (models with color To turn the system ON/OFF .......................................
... 4-34
display screen) .......................................................................... 4-3
... Operating tips .................................................................
... 4-34
How to use multi-function controller .............................. 4-5
... In-cabin microfilter .........................................................
... 4-34
How to use touch screen (models with Servicing air conditioner ..............................................
... 4-34
navigation system) .............................................................. 4-5
... Audio system ..........................................................................
... 4-35
Menu options (models with navigation system) .......... 4-7 ... Audio operation precautions .......................................
... 4-35
How to select menus on the screen .............................. 4-8
... FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) changer ..... ... 4-49
Vehicle information and settings (if so equipped) ............ 4-9 ... FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc
How to use STATUS button ............................................. 4-9
... (CD) player ......................................................................
... 4-54
How to use brightness control and display DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player operation
ON/OFF button ................................................................... 4-9
... (models with navigation system) ................................
... 4-58
How to use INFO button .................................................. 4-9
... USB memory operation (if so equipped) ................ ... 4-61
How to use SETTING button ....................................... 4-13
... Bluetooth® streaming audio (models with
RearView monitor (if so equipped) ................................... 4-22
... navigation system) .........................................................
... 4-65
How to read the displayed lines .................................. 4-23
... iPod® player operation (if so equipped) .................. ... 4-70
How to park with predicted course lines ................... 4-23 ... Music Box® (if so equipped) ......................................
... 4-71
Difference between predicted and Auxiliary input jacks (if so equipped) ........................... 4-79
actual distances ................................................................ 4-25
... CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning .............. ... 4-80
Predictive course line settings ...................................... 4-28
... Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio
How to adjust the screen .............................................. 4-28
... (if so equipped) ..............................................................
... 4-81
Operating tips ................................................................... 4-28
... Antenna ............................................................................
... 4-83
Ventilators ................................................................................. 4-29
... Car phone or CB radio ........................................................
... 4-84
Heater and air conditioner ................................................... 4-30
... Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with
Automatic operation ........................................................ 4-32
... navigation system) ................................................................
... 4-84
Regulatory information ..................................................
... 4-86
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

209. Black plate (208,1)
Voice commands .............................................................. 4-86
... Pairing procedure .......................................................
... 4-101
Control buttons ................................................................. 4-86
... Phonebook registration ..............................................
... 4-102
Connecting procedure .................................................... 4-87
... Making a call ................................................................
... 4-102
Phone selection ................................................................ 4-87
... Receiving a call ...........................................................
... 4-103
Vehicle phonebook .......................................................... 4-87
... During a call .................................................................
... 4-103
Making a call ..................................................................... 4-90
... Phone settings .............................................................
... 4-104
Receiving a call ................................................................. 4-91
... Voice adaptation mode ..............................................
... 4-107
During a call ...................................................................... 4-92
... NISSAN voice recognition system (models with
Phone setting .................................................................... 4-92
... navigation system) .............................................................
... 4-108
Troubleshooting guide ..................................................... 4-94
... NISSAN voice recognition Standard Mode ......... ... 4-108
Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models without Using the system ........................................................
... 4-111
navigation system) (if so equipped) .................................. 4-95
... NISSAN voice recognition Alternate
Regulatory information .................................................... 4-96
... Command Mode .........................................................
... 4-120
Control buttons ................................................................. 4-97
... Using the system ........................................................
... 4-129
Voice recognition system ............................................... 4-97
... Troubleshooting guide ...............................................
... 4-134
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

210. Black plate (209,1)
CENTER MULTI-FUNCTION
SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL (models with
color display screen)
GUID-7D2F9E4D-2C59-48D4-9F90-610254DECE2C
GUID-A29CC705-3846-4072-9454-906E5A6C79AE
WARNING
. Do not disassemble or modify this
system. If you do, it may result in
accidents, fire, or electric shock.
. Do not use this system if you notice
any abnormality, such as a frozen
screen or lack of sound. Continued
use of the system may result in
accident, fire or electric shock.
. In case you notice any foreign
object in the system hardware, spill SAA1845
liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell With navigation system
coming from it, stop using the 1. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-9)
system immediately and contact 2, 6, 7, 8, 9.
For navigation system control buttons (Refer to
your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-
the separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-
ing such conditions may lead to ual.)
accidents, fire, or electric shock.
3. Multi-function controller (P.4-5)
. Park the vehicle in a safe location 4. “PHONE” Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-
and apply the parking brake to view tem button (P.4-84)
the images on the front center dis- 5. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/
play screen. OFF button (P.4-9)
10. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information but-
Do not attempt to operate the system in ton (P.4-9)
extreme temperature conditions [below 11. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)
−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].
Operating this system under these condi-
tions may result in system malfunctions.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

211. Black plate (210,1)
SAA1846 SAA1847
Without navigation system With navigation system
1. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information but-
ton (P.4-9)
2. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-9)
3. Multi-function controller (P.4-5)
4. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/
OFF button (P.4-9)
5. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)
When you use this system, make sure the
engine is running.
If you use the system with the engine not
running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long
time, it will discharge the battery and the
engine may not start.
SAA1848
Without navigation system
4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

212. Black plate (211,1)
HOW TO USE MULTI-FUNCTION . To clean the display, use a soft, dry vehicle and cause an accident.
CONTROLLER
GUID-7F44560C-BAE2-4507-9B21-C095BC715247 cloth. If additional cleaning is ne-
Choose an item on the display using the main cessary, use a small amount of Touch screen operation
directional buttons * (or additional directional
2 neutral detergent with a soft cloth. GUID-DF032376-F40E-4BD2-BC76-F4734CD72B3A
With this system, the same operations as those
buttons * with navigation system) or center
6 Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,
for the multi-function controller are possible
dial * , and push the ENTER button * for
3 1 benzine, thinner or any kind of
solvent or paper towel with a che- using the touch screen operation.
operation.
If you push the BACK button * before the
4 mical cleaning agent. They will
setup is completed, the setup will be canceled scratch or deteriorate the panel.
and/or the display will return to the previous . Do not splash any liquid such as
screen. This button can also be used to delete water or car fragrance on the dis-
characters that have been input. play. Contact with liquid will cause
After the setup is completed, push the BACK the system to malfunction.
button * and return to the previous screen.
4
To ensure safe driving, some functions cannot
For the VOICE button * functions, refer to the
5
be operated while driving.
separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
The on-screen functions that are not available
HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN while driving will be “grayed out” or muted.
(models withGUID-7F7FEA0F-A05C-4196-A97B-C46AEB320545
navigation system)
Park the vehicle in a safe location and then
operate the navigation system.
CAUTION
. The glass screen on the liquid WARNING
crystal display may break if it is hit
. ALWAYS give your full attention to
with a hard or sharp object. If the
driving.
glass screen breaks, do not touch it.
Doing so could result in an injury. . Avoid using vehicle features that
could distract you. If distracted,
you could lose control of your
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

213. Black plate (212,1)
SAA2473 SAA2474 SAA2475
Selecting the item:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Adjusting an item:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Inputting characters:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Touch an item to select it. To select the “Audio” Touch the + * or − * button to adjust the
1 2 Touch the letter or number * . 1
settings, touch the “Audio” area * on the 1 settings. There are some options available when inputting
screen. Touch the * or
3 * button to move
4 characters.
Touch the BACK *
2 button to return to the to the previous or next item. . Uppercase:
previous screen. Touch the * or
5 * button to move
6 Shows uppercase characters.
to the previous or next page. . Lowercase:
Shows lowercase characters.
. Symbols:
Shows symbols such as the question mark
(?).
. Space:
Inserts a space.
4-6 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

214. Black plate (213,1)
. Delete:
Deletes the last character that has been
input with one touch. Push and hold the
button to delete all of the characters.
. OK:
Completes character inputs.
Touch screen maintenance
GUID-9BDEC9F0-A002-4A31-B490-824690F05315
If you clean the display screen, use a dry, soft
cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a
small amount of neutral detergent with a soft
cloth. Never spray the screen with water or
detergent. Dampen the cloth first, and then wipe
the screen. SAA1860 SAA2476
MENU OPTIONS (models with naviga- Available items
GUID-DD1ABDE8-C666-47D1-AC16-753794FDC7CE
tion system) GUID-0F759577-9CF1-4316-ADAF-030CA74FECD1
Destination/Route:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The start menu can be displayed using the menu
These items are for the navigation system. See
control switch on the steering-wheel-mounted
the separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-
controls.
ual for details.
1. While the MAP or STATUS screen is
displayed, push and hold the menu control Info: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
switch until the “Menu Options” screen Displays the information screen. It is the same
appears. screen that appears when you push the INFO
2. Highlight the preferred item by tilting the button.
menu control switch up or down, and then Settings: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
push the menu control switch to select it. Displays the settings screen. It is the same
screen that appears when you push the
SETTING button.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

215. Black plate (214,1)
HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE about the menu selection currently high-
SCREEN lighted. (i.e. Adjust head lamp on time after
GUID-A99F09D5-163A-4999-B026-01C6F0DE8FF4
Vehicle functions are viewed on the display shut-off.)
screen in menus. To select each key item,
highlight the preferred item using the multi-
function controller and push the ENTER button.
Whenever a menu selection is made or menu
item is highlighted, different areas on the screen
provide you with important information. See the
following for details.
1. Header:
Shows the path used to get to the current
SAA2477 screen. (i.e. push SETTING button >
Models with navigation system choose “Comfort” menu item.)
2. Menu Selections:
Shows the options to choose within that
menu screen.
3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:
Shows that the multi-function controller may
be used to move UP/DOWN on the screen
and select more options.
4. Menu Items Counter:
Shows the total number of items listed
across all pages for the current menu (i.e.
3/7).
SAA3149 5. Footer/Information Line:
Models without navigation system Provides more information (if available)
4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

216. Black plate (215,1)
VEHICLE INFORMATION AND
SETTINGS (if so equipped)
GUID-F7A83021-C912-4027-83E7-B46D245829BB
HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON
GUID-D4F24C59-0F9C-4A00-8AA6-B66EB05996C3 HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON
GUID-2E5EFAA6-DA33-4957-BB56-8D40C15FCE06
To display the status of the audio, air conditioner The display screen shows vehicle and navigation
system, fuel consumption and navigation sys- information for your convenience.
tem, push the STATUS button. The following
The information shown on the screen should be
information will appear when the STATUS button
a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle.
is pushed repeatedly.
See the following for details.
Audio and Air conditioner system ? Audio and
fuel economy ? Audio and Navigation system
HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-
TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON
GUID-7FB036B7-899E-4665-B680-D4CAC31DB0AE
Push the “ OFF” button to switch the display
brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime
mode, and to adjust the display brightness using SAA2478
the multi-function controller while the indicator is Models with navigation system
displayed at the bottom of the screen.
The display brightness can also be adjusted
using the brightness UP button (+) or bright-
ness DOWN button (−).
Push and hold the “ OFF” button for more
than 2 seconds to turn the display off. Push the
button again to turn the display on.
SAA1511
Models without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

217. Black plate (216,1)
Vehicle information display
GUID-32C5A8DD-621C-4FF7-86BB-D0600EE0817B
1. Push the INFO button on the control panel.
2. Select an item from the INFO menu.
3. After viewing or adjusting the information on
the following screens, push the BACK
button to return to the INFO menu.
See the separate Navigation System Owner’s
Manual for the following items:
. Where am I?
. Traffic Info
. Weather Info
. Map Update SAA2479 SAA2480
. Navigation Version Models with navigation system Models with navigation system
*When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the “Navigation Version” key is displayed after
selecting the “Others” key.
JVH0056M JVH0057M
Models without navigation system Models without navigation system
4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

218. Black plate (217,1)
Fuel Economy information
GUID-D6FC79E8-7233-412E-95F9-9C2F07165942
Maintenance information
GUID-2AEB012A-B058-44C5-AED3-71B7ACFDA0B8
The approximate distance to empty, average fuel The maintenance intervals can be displayed for
economy and current fuel economy will be the engine oil, oil filter, tire and other reminders.
displayed for reference. To set a maintenance interval, select a preferred
To reset the average fuel economy (Avg Fuel item from the list.
Econ or Average Fuel Economy), select the You can also set to display a message to remind
“Reset Fuel Eco” or “Reset” key. you that the maintenance needs to be per-
If the “Fuel Eco History” or “View” key is formed.
selected, the average fuel consumption history The following example shows how to set the
will be displayed in graph form along with the engine oil maintenance information. Use the
average for the previous Reset-to-Reset period. same steps to set the other maintenance
The unit can be converted between “US” and information.
“Metric”. (See “How to use SETTING button” SAA2481
later in this section.) Models with navigation system
The fuel economy information may differ from the
information displayed on the dot matrix liquid
crystal display. This is due to the timing
difference in updating the information and does
not indicate a malfunction.
SAA2830
Models without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

219. Black plate (218,1)
1. Set the interval (mileage) of the maintenance
schedule. To determine the recommended
maintenance interval, refer to your “NISSAN
Service and Maintenance Guide”.
2. To display the reminder automatically when
the desired distance is reached, select the
“Reminder” key.
3. Reset the driving distance to the new
maintenance schedule.
4. To return to the previous screen, push the
BACK button.
The unit can be converted between “US” and
SAA2482 “Metric”. (See “How to use SETTING button” SAA3003
Models with navigation system later in this section.) Example
The Reminder will be automatically displayed
when the specified distance has been driven
and every time the ignition switch is pushed to
the ACC or ON position. The reminder will not
appear while driving.
Select the “OK” key to hide the reminder for the
rest of the current drive.
To stop the reminder from appearing, perform
one of the following actions:
. Select the “Reset Distance”.
. Deactivate the “Reminder”.
. Increase the “Interval” distance to be more
SAA3141 than the current distance being tracked.
Models without navigation system
4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

220. Black plate (219,1)
HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON
GUID-C60F65D8-DC71-49BA-A445-C03B312665B8
The display as illustrated will appear when the
SETTING button is pushed.
For navigation settings, refer to the separate
Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
SAA2483 SAA2484
Models with navigation system
Others information (models with naviga-
tion system) GUID-19CFE7FD-4EB2-4F83-99BE-96E545E703BF
The Others information display will appear when
pushing the INFO button and selecting the
“Others” key.
GPS Position: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
For the details of this item, see the separate
Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
Voice Recognition:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
For the details of this item, see “NISSAN voice
recognition system (models with navigation
system)” later in this section.
SAA1514
Models without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

221. Black plate (220,1)
Audio settings
GUID-67095D9E-D601-4AF8-AB86-556CAD5A6C31
Display Album Cover Art (models with
The display as illustrated will appear when navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
pushing the SETTING button and selecting the When this item is turned to ON, the album cover
“Audio” key. image is displayed when playing iPod® or MP3
music files through a CD, DVD or USB memory.
Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 When the image is not properly embedded in
To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound the file or device, the image will not be
balance, select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Balance” displayed.
or “Fade” key and adjust it with the multi-
function controller. Phone settings (models with navigation
These items can also be adjusted by pushing system) GUID-B41718AF-2D4C-42E3-B4B5-02E747E29603
and turning the AUDIO knob. For details of the “Phone” settings, see “Blue-
tooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with
SAA2485 Speed Sensitive Vol.:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 navigation system)” later in this section.
Models with navigation system The audio system’s volume is increased with the
vehicle speed. Select the “Speed Sensitive Vol.” Bluetooth® settings (models with navi-
and adjust the effect level with the multi-function gation system)
GUID-6622418E-D21C-439C-A2D1-B530D582A150
controller. The Speed Sensitive Volume function For details of the “Bluetooth” settings, see
is turned off when the level is set to “OFF”. “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models
Increasing the value will cause the volume to with navigation system)” later in this section or
increase faster with vehicle speed. “Bluetooth® streaming audio (models with navi-
DivX® Registration Code (models with gation system)” later in this section.
navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The registration code for a device that is used to
download DivX® files will be displayed on the
screen. If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is
connected to the audio system, this function will
not be activated.
SAA2740
Models without navigation system
4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

222. Black plate (221,1)
“Guidance Volume” and adjust it with the multi-
function controller.
You can also adjust the guidance voice volume
by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice
guidance is being announced.
Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
For the details of these items, see “Bluetooth®
Hands-Free Phone System (models with navi-
gation system)” later in this section.
Switch Beeps:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When this item is turned to ON, you will hear a
SAA2554
beep sound when you use a button. SAA2605
Example Guidance Voice: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Volume and Beeps settings (models with When this item is turned to ON, you will hear Button beeps settings (models without
navigation system) voice guidance in the navigation operation or in navigation system)
GUID-F5E6FA6C-24DE-4338-88B7-518E84B2FB30
GUID-DE566CBB-6649-444D-AEE4-25644D29C89A
other operations. The “Button Beeps” screen will appear when
The display as illustrated will appear when
pushing the SETTING button, selecting the NOTE: pushing the SETTING button, selecting the
“Button Beeps” key with the multi-function
“Volume & Beeps” key. When the voice guidance is being an-
controller and pushing the ENTER button.
Audio Volume: nounced during audio playback, turning
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the volume knob does not adjust the music Button Beeps:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To increase or decrease the audio volume,
level; it adjusts the guidance volume level. When this item is turned to ON, you will hear a
select the “Audio Volume” and adjust it with
If voice guidance is not being heard, beep sound when you use a button.
the multi-function controller. You can also adjust
please check the Guidance Volume level.
the audio volume by turning the VOLUME
control knob.
Guidance Volume:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To adjust the guidance voice volume, select the
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

223. Black plate (222,1)
When any mode button is pushed with the
screen off, the screen turns on for further
operation. The screen will turn off automatically
5 seconds after the operation is finished.
To turn on the screen, set this item to the ON
position, or push and hold the “ OFF”
button.
. Brightness/Contrast/Background Color
To adjust the brightness and contrast of the
screen, select the “Brightness” or “Contrast”
key.
Then, you can adjust the brightness and the
SAA2486 contrast using the multi-function controller. SAA2115
For information on the “Background Color” key,
Display settings (models with navigation refer to the separate Navigation System Own- Display settings (models without navi-
system) GUID-6B97F069-D0A2-4D56-88B1-70E630F6D857 er’s Manual. gation system)GUID-681B4660-8EE5-421B-8DE5-F74AD37100DF
The display as illustrated will appear when For CrossCabriolet models: The “Display” screen will appear when pushing
pushing the SETTING button and selecting the the SETTING button on the control panel.
Depending on the driver’s seat position, the
“Display” key.
display could be hard to read. Adjust the Display: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Display Adjustment:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 brightness and contrast of the display on the To turn off the screen, push the ENTER button
To adjust the display settings, select the “Dis- setting screen. and turn the “ON” indicator off.
play Adjustment” key. The following settings are Color Theme: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 When any mode button is pushed with the
available. screen off, the screen turns on for further
Choose the theme color of the menu screen
. Display from “Black”, “Blue” or “Red”. operation. The screen will turn off automatically
To turn off the screen, push the ENTER button 5 seconds after the operation is finished.
and turn the “Display” indicator off. The other To turn on the screen, set this item to the “ON”
method is to push and hold the “ OFF” position or push the “ ” button.
button for more than 2 seconds.
4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

224. Black plate (223,1)
Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Clock settings
GUID-0F9705E3-F855-40A9-BBEF-68E09DD66282
To adjust the brightness, contrast and back- Models with navigation system:
ground color of the screen, select the appro- The display as illustrated will appear when
priate “Brightness”, “Contrast” or “Background pushing the SETTING button and selecting the
Color” key and push the ENTER button. “Others” key, and then selecting the “Clock” key.
You can then adjust the brightness and contrast Models without navigation system:
using the multi-function controller. Switch the
background color to the daytime mode or the The display as illustrated will appear when
nighttime mode by pushing the ENTER button. pushing the SETTING button and selecting the
“Clock” key.
The clock settings display cannot be operated
while driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe place
and apply the parking brake before setting the
SAA2487
clock.
Models with navigation system
On-screen Clock:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When this item is turned to ON, a clock is
always displayed in the upper right corner of the
screen.
This clock will indicate the time almost exactly
because it is always adjusted by the GPS
system (models with navigation system).
Clock Format GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(24h):
When this item is turned to ON, the 24-hour
clock is displayed. When this item is not turned
to ON, the 12-hour clock is displayed.
SAA3675
Models without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

225. Black plate (224,1)
Offset (hour)/(min) (models with naviga-
tion system)/Clock Adjust (models without
navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per
hour or per minute.
Daylight Saving Time:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time
application.
Time Zone: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Choose the time zone from the following
Models with navigation system
. Pacific SAA2489 SAA3151
. Mountain Models with navigation system
. Central Others settings (models with navigation
. Eastern
system) GUID-AA194879-4CE8-4800-B439-5CDB3557F9CB
. Atlantic The Others settings display will appear when
pushing the SETTING button and selecting the
. Newfoundland
“Others” key.
. Hawaii
The following items are available:
. Alaska
Models without navigation system . Comfort
. Language & Units
. Eniwetok, Kwajalein
. Voice Recognition
. Midway Island, Samoa
. Image Viewer
. Hawaii
. Alaska
. Pacific SAA3150
Models without navigation system
4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

226. Black plate (225,1)
Comfort settings
GUID-3DDC93FC-D89B-4259-BE03-63BADC7525EC
position. unlock function by pushing the door handle
Models with navigation system request switch will be activated.
Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit (if so
The display as illustrated will appear when equipped): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Return All Settings to Default:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
pushing the SETTING button, selecting the When this item is turned to ON, the driver’s seat Select this item and then select “YES” to return
“Others” key and then selecting the “Comfort” moves backward for easy exit if the ignition all settings to the default.
key. This key does not appear on the display until switch is in the OFF position and the driver’s
the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and
Models without navigation system pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,
the driver’s seat moves to the previous position.
The display as illustrated will appear when
pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Light Off Delay:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
“Comfort” key. This key does not appear on the Choose the duration of the automatic headlight
display until the ignition switch is pushed to the off timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150 and
ON position. 180 second periods.
Auto Interior Illumination:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Selective Door Unlock:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When this item is turned to ON, the interior When this item is turned to ON, only the driver’s
lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked. door is unlocked first after the door unlock
Light Sensitivity: operation. When the door handle request switch
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
on the driver’s or front passenger’s side door is
Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights
pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding
higher (right) or lower (left).
door is unlocked first. All the doors can be
Lift Steering Wheel on Exit (if so unlocked if the door unlock operation is per-
equipped): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
formed again within 60 seconds.
When this item is turned to ON, the steering When this item is turned to OFF, all the doors
wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition will be unlocked after the door unlock operation
switch is in the LOCK position and the driver’s is performed once.
door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and
Intelligent KeyGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Lock/Unlock:
pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,
the steering wheel moves to the previous When this item is turned to ON, door lock/
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

227. Black plate (226,1)
Language & GUID-EF26B33E-A713-4102-B9CC-DF01C1C05358
Units settings Voice Recognition settings (models with
Models with navigation system: navigation system)
GUID-BB674004-CBDC-4642-8A46-25DB1E9D9CB9
The Language & Units settings display will For details about the “Voice Recognition”
appear when pushing the SETTING button, settings, see “NISSAN voice recognition system
selecting the “Others” key, and then selecting (models with navigation system)” later in this
the “Language & Units” key. section.
Models without navigation system: CAMERA settings (if so equipped)
GUID-15D319A3-6638-481A-9569-E90D877250BB
The display illustrated will appear when pushing The “CAMERA” screen will appear when select-
the SETTING button and selecting the “Lan- ing the “Camera” key.
guage & Units” key. For the details about the camera system
Select Language: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
operation, see “RearView monitor” later in this
Select the “Select Language” key. Choose section.
SAA2490
Models with navigation system ¸ ˜
“English”, “Francais” or “Espanol” for your
favorite display appearance.
If you select the “Francais” key, the French
¸
language will be displayed, so please use the
French Owner’s Manual. To obtain a French
Owner’s Manual, see “Owner’s Manual/Service
Manual order information” in the “9. Technical
and consumer information” section.
Select Units: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “Select Units” key. Choose “US”
(Mile, 8F, MPG) or “Metric” (km, 8C, L/100 km)
for your favorite display appearance.
SAA1092
Models without navigation system
4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

228. Black plate (227,1)
vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking
brake.
SAA2491 SAA2492
Image Viewer (models with navigation Full Screen Display:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
system) GUID-349708DE-A253-43D9-BE87-82FEAD504FB9
The full screen display will appear when select-
The image files in the USB memory will be ing the “Full Screen Display” key.
displayed. To display the Image Viewer, push the To operate the Image Viewer or to change the
SETTING button, select the “Other” key and settings, select the desired key using the multi-
then select the “Image Viewer” key. The image of function controller.
the selected file is displayed on the right side of . (Start)
the screen. Select the “ ” key to start playing the
When a number of folders are included in the slideshow.
USB memory, select a folder from the list to . (Stop)
display the file list. Select the “ ” key to stop the slideshow.
Images will not be shown on the display while . (Next)
the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce Select the “ ” key to display the next file.
driver distraction. To view images, stop the
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

229. Black plate (228,1)
REARVIEW MONITOR (if so
equipped)
GUID-0DD20D16-8E9A-4618-974A-1790E9A356D9
. (Previous) — Maximum Size: 2-MB When the selector lever is shifted into the R
Select the “ ” key to display the previous — Colors: 32768 (15-bit) (Reverse) position, the monitor display shows
file. — Maximum File Name lengths: 253-Bytes the view to the rear of the vehicle.
Setting the Image Viewer: — Maximum Folders: 500 The system is designed as an aid to the driver in
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
— Maximum Images per Folder: 1024 detecting large stationary objects to help avoid
The Image Viewer setting display will appear damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect
when selecting the “Settings” key on the full . If an electronic device (such as a digital
small objects below the bumper and may not
screen display. The following settings are camera) is directly connected to the vehicle
detect objects close to the bumper or on the
available for the full screen display. using a USB cable, no image will be
ground.
. Slideshow Speed displayed on the screen.
Select the “Slideshow Speed” key. From the . If the file name is too long, some file names
following display, select the changing time may not be entirely displayed. WARNING
from 5, 10, 30, 60 seconds or “No Auto . When the total number of characters in the
Change”. file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a . The rearview monitor is a conveni-
directory exceeds 100 characters, all files ence but it is not a substitute for
. Slideshow Order
will show a shortened 8-character version. proper vehicle operation because it
Select the “Slideshow Order” key. From the has areas where objects cannot be
The image will still be displayed when
following display, select “Random” or “Order viewed. Always look out the win-
selected.
List”. For “Order List”, the image order is the dows and check mirrors to be sure
order of the files as stored on the USB that it is safe to move before
memory. operating the vehicle. Always oper-
Operating tips: ate the vehicle slowly.
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Only files that meet the following conditions . Objects viewed in the RearView
will be displayed. Monitor differ from actual distance
— Image type: JPEG because a wide-angle lens is used.
— File Extensions: *.jpg, *jpeg Objects in the RearView Monitor
will appear visually opposite than
— Maximum Resolution: 2048 6 1536
when viewed in the rear view and
pixels
outside mirrors.
4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

230. Black plate (229,1)
. Make sure that the lift gate or trunk Predicted course lines *:
6
is securely closed when backing up. Indicate the predicted course when backing up.
. Underneath the bumper and the The predicted course lines will be displayed on
corner areas of the bumper cannot the monitor when the selector lever is in the R
be viewed on the RearView Monitor (Reverse) position and the steering wheel is
because of its monitoring range turned. The predicted course lines will move
limitation. depending on how much the steering wheel is
turned and will not be displayed while the
. Do not put anything on the rear view steering wheel is in the neutral position.
camera. The rear view camera is
installed above the license plate. HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED
. When washing the vehicle with
COURSE LINES
GUID-7197099F-6724-4863-82D4-E0646631D861
high-pressure water, be sure not to
SAA1896
spray it around the camera. Other- WARNING
wise, water may enter the camera
HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED
unit causing water condensation on . Always turn and check that it is safe
the lens, a malfunction, fire or an
LINES GUID-A59A3275-24D0-4869-9185-75830F165CE3 to do so before backing up. Always
electric shock. Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width back up slowly.
and distances to objects with reference to the
. Do not strike the camera. It is a . Use the displayed lines as a refer-
vehicle body line * are displayed on the
A
precision instrument. Otherwise, it ence. The lines are highly affected
monitor.
may malfunction or cause damage by the number of occupants, fuel
resulting in a fire or an electric Distance guide lines: level, vehicle position, road condi-
shock. Indicate distances from the vehicle body. tion and road grade.
. Red line * : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)
1 . If the tires are replaced with differ-
. Yellow line * : approx. 3 ft (1 m)
2 ent sized tires, the predicted course
CAUTION . Green line * : approx. 7 ft (2 m)
3 line may be displayed incorrectly.
. Green line * : approx. 10 ft (3 m)
4 . On a snow-covered or slippery road,
Do not scratch the camera lens when there may be a difference between
Vehicle width guide lines * :
5
cleaning dirt or snow from the lens. the predicted course line and the
Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

231. Black plate (230,1)
actual course line. objects viewed in the monitor are
. If the battery is disconnected or closer than they appear. Use the
becomes discharged, the predicted inside mirror or glance over your
course lines may be displayed in- shoulder to properly judge dis-
correctly. If this occurs, drive the tances to other objects.
vehicle on a straight road for more
than 5 minutes. The vehicle width and predicted course
lines are wider than the actual width and
. When the steering wheel is turned
course.
with the ignition switch in the ACC
position, the predicted course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
. The displayed lines will appear
slightly off to the right because the
rear view camera is not installed in
the rear center of the vehicle.
. The distance guide line and the
vehicle width line should be used
as a reference only when the vehicle
is on a level paved surface. The
distance viewed on the monitor is
for reference only and may be SAA1897
different than the actual distance
1. Visually check that the parking space is safe
between the vehicle and displayed
before parking your vehicle.
objects.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on
. When backing-up the vehicle up a
the screen * when the selector lever is
A
hill objects viewed in the monitor
moved to the R (Reverse) position.
are further than they appear. When
backing-up the vehicle down a hill,
4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

232. Black plate (231,1)
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space
completely, move the selector lever to the P
(Park) position and apply the parking brake.
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED
AND ACTUAL DISTANCES
GUID-302A28CA-AC28-4AE5-B064-524507B0E06E
The distance guide line and the vehicle width
guide line should be used as a reference only
when the vehicle is on a level, paved surface.
The distance viewed on the monitor is for
reference only and may be different than the
actual distance between the vehicle and dis-
played objects.
SAA1898 SAA1978
3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the Backing up GUID-9D4C9AE0-331F-46DC-A0F9-BCC442E7A25A
on a steep uphill
steering wheel so that the predicted course
When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the
lines * enter the parking space * .
B C
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the lines are shown closer than the actual distance.
vehicle width guide lines * parallel to the
D For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
parking space * while referring to the
C place * , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on
A
predicted course lines. the hill is the place * . Note that any object on
B
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

233. Black plate (232,1)
the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it
appears. appears.
SAA1979
Backing up on a steep downhill
GUID-70852630-5DC4-4BC9-A562-6761DFD00801
When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the
distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide
lines are shown further than the actual distance.
For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to the
place * , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance on
A
the hill is the place * . Note that any object on
B
4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

234. Black plate (233,1)
course.
SAA1923 SAA1980
Backing up GUID-9D6EBC33-935D-46A4-ACB3-53A6D833AE98
near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting object
GUID-38876F5B-3001-41F9-8E1A-F9AAB88DE919
The predicted course lines * do not touch the
A The position * is shown further than the
C
object in the display. However, the vehicle may position * in the display. However, the
B
hit the object if it projects over the actual position * is actually at the same distance
C
backing up course. as the position * . The vehicle may hit the
A
object when backing up to the position * if
A
the object projects over the actual backing up
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

235. Black plate (234,1)
PREDICTIVEGUID-68450C56-3780-4314-A535-6365AA7D2D8D
COURSE LINE SETTINGS after the selector lever has been shifted to R
To turn ON or OFF the predictive course line from another position or to another position
display, push the SETTING button, select the from R. Objects may be distorted momenta-
“Camera” key and push the ENTER button. rily until the RearView Monitor screen is
displayed completely.
. Predictive Course Lines
. When the temperature is extremely high or
When this item is turned to ON, the predicted low, the screen may not clearly display
course lines will be displayed on the monitor objects. This is not a malfunction.
when the selector lever is in the “R” (Reverse)
. When strong light directly enters the cam-
position.
era, objects may not be displayed clearly.
HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN
GUID-EBE73AC0-2CFE-45F5-99BC-42FE5D8343D2 This is not a malfunction.
To adjust the Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint, . Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
Color, Contrast and Black Level of the RearView screen. This is due to strong reflected light
SAA2404 Monitor, push the SETTING button with the from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.
Models with navigation system RearView Monitor on, select the item key and . The screen may flicker under fluorescent
adjust the level using the multi-function con- light. This is not a malfunction.
troller. . The colors of objects on the RearView
Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color, Monitor may differ somewhat from those of
Contrast and Black Level of the RearView the actual object.
Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure . Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a
the parking brake is firmly applied and the dark place or at night. This is not a
engine is not running. malfunction.
OPERATINGGUID-2C7B18A8-765F-48EB-81F4-4527DA0D3E26
TIPS . If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,
. When the selector lever is shifted to the R the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis-
(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto- play objects. Clean the camera.
matically changes to the RearView Monitor . Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
mode. clean the camera. This will cause discolora-
SAA2606 . It may take some time until the RearView tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
Models without navigation system Monitor or the normal screen is displayed dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent
4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

236. Black plate (235,1)
VENTILATORS
GUID-5620F45C-95A1-4691-9F0B-E47071C3B894
and then wipe with a dry cloth.
. Do not damage the camera as the monitor
screen may be adversely affected.
. Do not use wax on the camera window.
Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth
dampened with mild detergent diluted with
water.
SAA1991 SAA1066
Center ventilators Rear ventilators (for Hardtop models)
SAA1990 SAA0564B
Side ventilators Rear ventilators (for CrossCabriolet models)
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

237. Black plate (236,1)
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
GUID-FC7D28D6-FA80-42E2-A3B4-6CF8ABD33B6A
Open or close, and adjust the air flow direction
of ventilators. WARNING
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are
closed. . The air conditioner cooling function
: This symbol indicates that the ventilators are operates only when the engine is
open. running.
. Do not leave children or adults who
would normally require the support
of others alone in your vehicle. Pets
should not be left alone either. On
hot, sunny days, temperatures in a
closed vehicle could quickly become
high enough to cause severe or
SAA2723
possibly fatal injuries to people or
Models with navigation system
animals.
. Do not use the recirculation mode
for long periods as it may cause the
interior air to become stale and the
windows to fog up.
Start the engine and operate the heater and air
conditioner system.
You can individually set the driver and front
passenger side temperature using each tem-
perature control buttons.
SAA1520
Models without navigation system
4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

238. Black plate (237,1)
For the models with the color display screen,
push the “STATUS” button to display the heater
and air conditioner status screen. (See “How to
use STATUS button” earlier in this section.)
SAA2040
Type A
1. Temperature control button (driver side)
2. “AUTO” automatic air conditioner ON button
3. “ ” front defroster button
4. “ ” fan speed control dial/OFF button
5. “ ” intake air control button
6. “MODE” manual air flow control button
7. Temperature control button (passenger side)
8. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button
9. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “Rear
window and outside mirror defroster switch” in
the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)
10. “ ” upper vent system button
11. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

239. Black plate (238,1)
Adjust the temperature to about 758F
(248C) for normal operation.
. The temperature of the passenger com-
partment will be maintained automati-
cally. Air flow distribution and fan speed
will also be controlled automatically.
3. You can individually set driver and front
passenger side temperature using each
temperature control buttons (type A) or dial
(type B). When the “DUAL” button is pushed
or the passenger side temperature control
buttons (type A) or dial (type B) is/are
operated, the DUAL indicator will come on.
SAA2834
To turn off the passenger side temperature
Type B
control, push the “DUAL” button.
1. “AUTO” automatic air conditioner ON button/ AUTOMATICGUID-0FE56354-85D2-43F0-AEA7-6DFAE35EC270
OPERATION
Temperature control dial (driver side) A visible mist may be seen coming from the
2. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button Cooling and/or dehumidified heating ventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air is
3. “ ” intake air control button (AUTO) GUID-501AABAA-75ED-4A8C-BDC5-F83D84729E33
cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-
4. “ ” fan speed control dial/ON/OFF button This mode may be used all year round. The function.
5. “ ” upper vent system button system works automatically to control the inside Heating (A/C OFF)
GUID-C4D96DF4-D0D2-4751-8F78-451CD5632566
6. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button/Tempera- temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed
ture control dial (passenger side) The air conditioner does not activate in this
after the preferred temperature is set manually.
7. “ ” front defroster button mode. When you need to heat only, use this
1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (The indicator mode.
8. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “Rear
window and outside mirror defroster switch” in
on the button will illuminate and AUTO will
1. Push the “A/C” button. (The A/C indicator
the “2. Instruments and controls” section.) be displayed.)
will turn off.)
9. “MODE” manual air flow control button 2. Operate the driver side temperature control
2. Operate the temperature control buttons
buttons (type A) or dial (type B) to set the
(type A) or dial (type B) to set the desired
desired temperature.
temperature.
4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

240. Black plate (239,1)
. The temperature of the passenger compart- performance. twice, and then the intake air will be controlled
ment will be maintained automatically. Air MANUAL OPERATION automatically.
GUID-DD9F85E6-993D-4D0F-AA81-0E42CFEE8E18
flow distribution and fan speed are also
controlled automatically. Fan speed control Air flow control
GUID-C19D08E9-C968-405F-8023-0A5995635CB9
GUID-A47CE066-351F-4CC8-AC17-7FC4FC991E14
. Do not set the temperature lower than the Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial to Pushing the “MODE” manual air flow control
outside air temperature. Otherwise the manually control the fan speed. button selects the air outlet to:
system may not work properly. Push the “AUTO” button to return to automatic : Air flows from center and side ventilators.
. Not recommended if windows fog up. control of the fan speed. : Air flows from center and side ventilators
and foot outlets.
DehumidifiedGUID-6430F809-96AC-4582-A1F2-907A1F44D1CF
defrosting or defogging Air recirculation
GUID-2B823F0D-0272-430E-975F-993BF534048A : Air flows mainly from foot outlets.
1. Push the “ ” front defroster button. (The Push the intake air control button “ ” to : Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.
indicator light on the button will come on.) recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The
indicator light “ ” will come on. Upper vent system
GUID-19867573-E52A-4FE3-A98D-EAD52DA785CD
2. Operate the temperature control buttons
When the “ ” upper vent system button is
(type A) or dial (type B) to set the desired The air recirculation mode cannot be activated
temperature. when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting pushed, the air flow against the driver’s or
mode “ ”. passenger’s upper body becomes gentle. The
. To quickly remove ice from the outside of the indicator light on the button will come on.
windows, turn the “ ” fan speed control Outside air circulation
GUID-E6DC013B-AF1A-40A2-93FA-8FF729A446D3 In this mode, air from the center ventilators flows
dial and set it to the maximum position.
Push the intake air control button “ ” to both straight and upward in order to control the
. As soon as possible after the windshield is
change the air circulation from the intake air to cabin temperature without blowing air directly
clean, push the “AUTO” button to return to
the outside air. The indicator light “ ” will turn on the occupants.
the auto mode.
off. If you want strong air flow against your upper
. When the “ ” front defroster button is
pushed, the air conditioner will automatically Automatic airGUID-8618E9EF-436B-4EE2-BD6B-EF915C7F0650
intake control body, push the “ ” button to turn the indicator
be turned on at outside temperatures above light off.
In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
238F (−58C) to defog the windshield, and controlled automatically. To manually control
the air recirculate mode will automatically be the intake air, push the intake air control button
turned off. “ ”. To return to the automatic control mode,
Outside air is drawn into the passenger push the intake air control button “ ” for
compartment to improve the defogging about 2 seconds. The indicator lights will flash
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

241. Black plate (240,1)
TO TURN THE SYSTEM ON/OFF
GUID-47724BF7-EA71-42CD-B9E2-1924EE973459
extremely decreased or when windows fog
Push the “OFF” or “ON·OFF” button when the up easily when operating heater or air
heater and air conditioner is off. The system will conditioning system.
turn on with the settings that were used SERVICING GUID-50FE276B-3951-41D5-85EB-DF3E3DB9E09D
AIR CONDITIONER
immediately before the system was turned off. The air conditioning system in your NISSAN is
charged with a refrigerant designed with the
environment in mind. This refrigerant will not
harm the earth’s ozone layer. However,
special charging equipment and lubricant are
required when servicing your NISSAN air con-
ditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-
cants will cause severe damage to your air
SAA1989
conditioning system. (See “Capacities and
recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-
OPERATINGGUID-7630774E-D2E9-4A30-80CE-5991156106D5
TIPS cal and consumer information” section for air
The sunload sensor * on the instrument panel
A conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant
helps maintain a constant temperature. Do not recommendations.)
put anything on or around this sensor. Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service your
IN-CABIN MICROFILTER environmentally friendly air conditioning system.
GUID-2A733D05-72A8-4084-85C6-C44B8D240310
The air conditioning system is equipped with an
in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen, WARNING
dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,
defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace the The system contains refrigerant under
filter in accordance with the maintenance high pressure. To avoid personal injury,
schedule in the NISSAN Service and Mainte- any air conditioner service should be
nance Guide. To replace the filter, contact a done only by an experienced technician
NISSAN dealer. with the proper equipment.
The filter should be replaced if air flow is
4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

242. Black plate (241,1)
AUDIO SYSTEM
GUID-E954533A-76AC-41A8-828A-6CCF73E0885C
AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS function in your NISSAN radio system.
GUID-E2189C1D-321B-4738-BF15-C7924AA9611C
Reception conditions will constantly change
Radio GUID-96801352-B989-4EC4-990B-A07BD4F970BB because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON signal distance and interference from other
position and push the radio band select button vehicles can work against ideal reception.
to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio with Described below are some of the factors that
the engine not running, the ignition switch can affect your radio reception.
should be pushed to the ACC position.
Some cellular phones or other devices may
Radio reception is affected by station signal cause interference or a buzzing noise to come
strength, distance from radio transmitter, build- from the audio system speakers. Storing the
ings, bridges, mountains and other external device in a different location may reduce or
influences. Intermittent changes in reception eliminate the noise.
quality normally are caused by these external
influences. SAA0306
Using a cellular phone in or near the FM radio reception:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
vehicle may influence radio reception Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30
quality. miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (single
Radio reception: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
channel) FM having slightly more range than
Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with stereo FM. External influences may sometimes
state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance interfere with FM station reception even if the
radio reception. These circuits are designed to FM station is within 25 miles (40 km). The
extend reception range, and to enhance the strength of the FM signal is directly related to the
quality of that reception. distance between the transmitter and receiver.
FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibiting
However there are some general characteristics
many of the same characteristics as light. For
of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect
example they will reflect off objects.
radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even
when the finest equipment is used. These Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from
characteristics are completely normal in a given a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade
reception area, and do not indicate any mal- and/or drift.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

243. Black plate (242,1)
Static and flutter: During signal interference from Satellite radioGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
reception (if so equipped):
buildings, large hills or due to antenna position, When the satellite radio is used for the first time
usually in conjunction with increased distance or the battery has been replaced, the satellite
from the station transmitter, static or flutter can radio may not work properly. This is not a
be heard. This can be reduced by lowering the malfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with the
treble setting to reduce the treble response. satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any
Multipath reception: Because of the reflective metal or large building for the satellite radio to
characteristics of FM signals, direct and re- receive all of the necessary data.
flected signals reach the receiver at the same The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®
time. The signals may cancel each other, Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is
resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound. not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
AM radio reception:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna
AM signals, because of their low frequency, can can affect satellite radio performance. Remove
bend around objects and skip along the ground. the ice to restore satellite radio reception.
In addition, the signals can be bounced off the For Hardtop models: The satellite radio perfor-
ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of mance may be affected if cargo carried on the
these characteristics. AM signals are also roof blocks the satellite radio signal. If possible,
subject to interference as they travel from do not put cargo near the satellite antenna.
transmitter to receiver.
Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing
through freeway underpasses or in areas with SAA0480
many tall buildings. It can also occur for several
seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in Compact Disc (CD) player
GUID-9B39164F-B68F-48E3-B2A0-AD541CFA7507
areas where no obstacles exist. . Do not force a compact disc into the CD
Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical insert slot. This could damage the CD and/
power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights. or CD changer/player.
. Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed
could damage the CD and/or CD changer.
4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

244. Black plate (243,1)
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player . This audio system can only play prerecorded
may malfunction due to the humidity. If this CDs. It has no capabilities to record or burn
occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or CDs.
ventilate the player completely. . If the CD cannot be played, one of the
. The player may skip while driving on rough following messages will be displayed.
roads. CHECK DISC:
. The CD player sometimes cannot function — Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly
when the passenger compartment tempera- (the label side is facing up, etc.).
ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem- — Confirm that the CD is not bent or
perature before use. warped and it is free of scratches.
. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round PUSH EJECT:
discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI-
This is an error due to the temperature inside
TAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging.
the player is too high. Remove the CD by
. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight. pushing the EJECT button, and after a short
. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched, time reinsert the CD. The CD can be played
covered with fingerprints, or that have pin when the temperature of the player returns
holes may not work properly. to normal.
. The following CDs may not work properly: UNPLAYABLE:
— Copy control compact discs (CCCD) The file is unplayable in this audio system
— Recordable compact discs (CD-R) (only MP3 or WMA CD). LHA0484
— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)
. Do not use the following CDs as they may DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player
cause the CD player to malfunction. (models with GUID-BA593422-AF0C-4754-8221-8AD1D545FA2F
navigation system)
— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs . Do not force a compact disc into the CD/
— CDs that are not round DVD insert slot. This could damage the CD/
DVD player.
— CDs with a paper label
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player
— CDs that are warped, scratched, or have
may malfunction due to humidity. If this
abnormal edges
occurs, remove the CD/DVD and dehumidify
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

245. Black plate (244,1)
or ventilate the player completely. — 3.1 in (8 cm) discs — The file is not MP3, WMA, AAC, M4A or
. The player may skip while driving on rough — CD/DVDs that are not round DivX® type.
roads. — CD/DVDs with a paper label Region Invalid:
. The CD/DVD player sometimes cannot — CD/DVDs that are warped, scratched or — The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions.
function when the passenger compartment have abnormal edges Use DVDs with a region code “1”, “ALL”
temperature is extremely high. Decrease the — This audio system can only play pre- or “1 included” for your DVD entertain-
temperature before use. recorded CD/DVDs. It has no capabilities ment system. (The region code * is A
. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round to record or burn CD/DVDs. displayed as a small symbol printed on
discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI- the top of the DVD * .) This vehicle-
B
. If the CD/DVD cannot be played, one of the
TAL AUDIO” or “DVD Video” logo on the following messages will be displayed. installed DVD player cannot play DVDs
disc or packaging. with a region code other than “1” or
Disc Read Error:
. Do not expose the CD/DVD to direct “ALL”.
— Confirm that the CD/DVD is inserted
sunlight. correctly (the label side is facing up, Copyright and GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
trademark:
. CD/DVDs that are of poor quality, dirty, etc.). . The technology protected by the U.S. patent
scratched, covered with fingerprints, or that — Confirm that the CD/DVD is not bent or and other intellectual property rights owned
have pinholes may not work properly. warped and it is free of scratches. by Macrovision Corporation and other right
. The following CD/DVDs are not guaranteed Please Eject Disc: holders is adopted for this system.
to play: . This copyright protected technology cannot
— This may be an error due to the
— Copy control compact discs (CCCD) temperature inside the player being too be used without a permit from Macrovision
— Recordable compact discs (CD-R) high. Remove the CD/DVD by pushing Corporation. It is limited to be personal use,
— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) the EJECT button, and after a short time etc., as long as the permit from Macrovision
— Recordable DVDs (DVD±R, DVD±R DL) reinsert the CD/DVD. The CD/DVD can Corporation is not issued.
— Rewritable DVDs (DVD±RW, DVD±RW be played when the temperature of the . Modifying or disassembling is prohibited.
DL) player returns to normal. If the error . Dolby digital is manufactured under license
. Do not use the following CD/DVDs as they persists, consult your local dealership. from Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
may cause the CD/DVD player to malfunc- Unplayable File: . Dolby and the double D mark “ ” are
tion. — The file may be copy protected. trademarks of Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
4-38 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

246. Black plate (245,1)
. DTS and DTS 2.0 “ ” are registered . During cold weather or rainy days, the player exposed to fluids other than water, evapora-
trademarks of DTS, Inc. may malfunction due to humidity. If this tive residue may cause a short between the
occurs, remove the USB device and dehu- connector pins.
Parental level GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(parental control):
midify or ventilate the USB player comple- . Large video podcast files cause slow
DVDs with the parental control setting can be tely. responses in an iPod®. The vehicle center
played with this system. Please use your own
. The USB player sometimes cannot function display may momentarily black out, but it will
judgement to set the parental control with the
when the passenger compartment tempera- soon recover.
system.
ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem- . If an iPod® automatically selects large video
Disc selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
perature before use. podcast files while in the shuffle mode, the
The following disc formats can be played with . Do not leave USB memory in a place prone vehicle center display may momentarily
the DVD drive. to static electricity or where the air condi- black out, but it will soon recover.
. DVD-VIDEO tioner blows directly. The data in the USB . Audiobooks may not play in the same order
. VIDEO-CD memory may be damaged. as they appear on an iPod®.
. CD-DA (Conventional Compact Disc) . The vehicle is not equipped with a USB . An iPod nano® (1st generation) may remain
memory stick. in fast forward or rewind mode if it is
. DTS-CD
. A USB device cannot be formatted with this connected during a seek operation. In this
USB (Universal Serial Bus) (if so system. To format a USB device, use a case, please manually reset the iPod®.
equipped) GUID-055AB149-F3B8-4DDD-8A6A-BBC837D27315 personal computer. . An iPod nano® (2nd generation) will con-
This system supports various USB memory . Partitioned USB devices may not be played tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is
sticks, USB hard drives and iPod® players. correctly. disconnected during a seek operation.
There are some USB devices which may not be . Some characters used in other languages . An incorrect song title may appear when the
supported with this system. (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed Play Mode is changed while using the iPod
. Make sure that the USB device is connected properly on the vehicle center screen. Using nano® (2nd generation)
correctly into the USB connector. English language characters with a USB iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
device is recommended. the U.S. and other countries.
. Do not force the memory stick or USB cable
into the USB connector. This could damage . Do not connect a USB device if a connector
the connector. or cable is wet. Allow the cable and/or
connectors to dry completely before con-
necting the USB device. If the connector is
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

247. Black plate (246,1)
Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA/ . Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
AAC) bits per second used by a digital music file.
GUID-E90E3FC2-BD24-46C0-A893-097B9AE428B9
The size and quality of a compressed digital
Explanation of terms:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 audio file is determined by the bit rate used
. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures when encoding the file.
Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the . Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency
most well known compressed digital audio is the rate at which the samples of a signal
file format. This format allows for near “CD are converted from analog to digital (A/D
quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of conversion) per second.
normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an
. Multisession — Multisession is one of the
audio track can reduce the file size by
methods for writing data to media. Writing
approximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1
data once to the media is called a single
kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no
session, and writing more than once is
perceptible loss in quality. The compression
called a multisession.
reduces certain parts of sound that seem
inaudible to most people. . ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the
part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that
. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a
contains information about the digital music
compressed audio format created by Micro-
file such as song title, artist, album title,
soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA
encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.
codec offers greater file compression than
ID3 tag information is displayed on the
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more
Album/Artist/Track title line on the display.
digital audio tracks in the same amount of SAA2494
space when compared to MP3s at the same * Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-
level of quality. tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Playback order:
Corporation in the United States of America GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding . The folder names of folders not containing
and/or other countries.
(AAC) is a lossy audio compression format. compressed audio files are not shown in the
Audio files that have been encoded with display.
AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver . If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB,
a higher quality of sound than MP3. “Root Folder” is displayed.
4-40 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

248. Black plate (247,1)
. The playback order is the order in which the
files were written by the writing software, so
the files might not play in the desired order.
. Music playback order of compressed audio
files is as illustrated.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

249. Black plate (248,1)
Specification chart (for FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) changer):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW
CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet
* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
Supported file systems
* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not
supported.
Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5
MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz
Supported Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
versions*1 Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
WMA*2 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
Tag information (Song title and Artist name)
WMA tag (WMA only)
With navigation system:
Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
Folder levels
Without navigation system:
Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
With navigation system: 128 characters
Text character number limitation
Without navigation system: 64 characters
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM
Displayable character codes*3 Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.
4-42 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

250. Black plate (249,1)
Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R*5, DVD±RW*5, DVD±R DL*5, USB2.0
CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±R DL: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2,
Romeo, Joliet
* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
Supported file systems * Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.
UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0
* VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.
USB memory: FAT16, FAT32
Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3
MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
Supported
WMA*2 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz
versions*1
Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4
Version MPEG-AAC
AAC*5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 96 kHz
Bit rate 16 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
Tag information (Song title and Artist name)
WMA tag (WMA only)
Models with navigation system:
Folder levels: 8, Folders: 512 (including root folder), Files: 5,000
Folder levels
Models without navigation system:
Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
Models with navigation system: 100 characters
Text character number limitation
Models without navigation system: 64 characters
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big
Displayable character codes*3 Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

251. Black plate (250,1)
*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.
*5 Models with navigation system
4-44 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

252. Black plate (251,1)
Troubleshooting guide:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Symptom Cause and Countermeasure
Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.
Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the
player.
If an error occurs due to an increase in temperature, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.
If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will
be played.
Cannot play
Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)”, “.WMA (.wma)”, “.AAC (.aac)”, “.M4A (.m4a)”, or “.AA3 (.aa3)” cannot be played. In
addition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the
specifications.
Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of
compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.
Check if the finalization processes, such as session close and disc close, have been performed for the disc.
Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.
Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.
It takes a relatively long time before
If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.
the music starts playing.
The writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might not
Music cuts off or skips
match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.
Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.
System skips immediately to the next If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyright
song when playing. protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.
desired order. Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-45
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

253. Black plate (252,1)
Compressed Video Files (models with
navigation system)
GUID-59111AA7-6866-4844-A3C3-8BA27726C420
Explanation of terms:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. DivX® - DivX® refers to the DivX® codec
owned by DivX, Inc. used for a lossy
compression of video based on MPEG-4.
. AVI - AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave.
It is a standard file format originated by
Microsoft Corporation. A “.divx” encoded file
can be saved into the “.avi” file format for
playback on this system if it meets the
requirements stated in the table in this
section. However, not all the “.avi” files are
playable on this system since different
encodings can be used than the DivX®
codec.
. ASF - ASF stands for Advanced Systems
Format. It is a file format owned by Microsoft
Corporation. Note: Only “.asf” files that meet
the requirements stated in the table in this
section can be played.
. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
bits per second used by a digital video file.
The size and quality of a compressed digital
audio file is determined by the bit rate used
when encoding the file.
4-46 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

254. Black plate (253,1)
Requirement for Supporting Video Playback: — Receiving a hands-free call.
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
— Checking the connection to the hands-
Media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL, USB 2.0 Memory
free phone.
CD,
CD-R,
ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet, UDF Bridge . Do not place a Bluetooth® audio device in
(UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0 an area surrounded by metal or far away
CD-RW,
- ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
DVD,
- Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows
from the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module to
File Systems DVD±R,
Vista-based computer) are not supported. prevent tone quality degradation and wire-
DVD±RW,
- VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported. less connection disruption.
DVD±RW DL
USB Memory FAT16, FAT32
. While an audio device is connected through
a Bluetooth® wireless connection, the bat-
Video Codecs DivX3, DivX4, DivX5, DivX6
.divx, .avi tery power of the device may discharge
Audio Codecs MP3, MPEG2.5 Audio Layer3, AC3, LPCM
File Types quicker than usual.
Video Codec ISO-MPEG4
.asf . This system supports the Bluetooth® Audio
Audio Codec G.726 Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).
Maximum Average 4Mbps . Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®
Bit Rates .divx, .avi
Maximum Peak 8Mbps functions share the same frequency band
Minimum 32 6 32 (2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the
.divx, .avi
Maximum 720 6 480 wireless LAN functions at the same time may
Resolution
Minimum 32 6 32 slow down or disconnect the communica-
.asf
Maximum 720 6 576 tion and cause undesired noise. It is
recommended that you turn off the wireless
Bluetooth® Audio player (models with tooth® audio player. LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®
navigation system)
GUID-1996356F-09EC-4936-89C4-F87A02A9868C . Operating procedure of the Bluetooth ® functions.
. Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not be audio player will vary depending on the . Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Blue-
recognized by the in-vehicle audio system. device. Make sure you understand how to tooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Clarion Co.,
. It is necessary to set up the wireless operate an audio device before using it with Ltd.
connection between a compatible Blue- this system.
tooth® audio device and the in-vehicle . The Bluetooth ® audio player may be
Bluetooth® module before using the Blue- stopped under the following conditions:
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-47
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

255. Black plate (254,1)
Music Box® (if so equipped)
GUID-2F96A7C3-2217-4FA6-B9DA-327E2534E826
or it may take a long time to record.
Recording: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Automatic title download:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Note that data that is lost and not stored to . The title information that is automatically
the hard drive/flash memory due to system downloaded may differ from the actual title.
damage, improper operation or malfunction . When newly released compact discs are
is not under warranty. recorded, their title information may not be
. Vehicle owners are not permitted to record downloaded.
music without permission of the owner of . The title information on the hard drive/flash
the copyright except for personal use. memory can be updated. (See “Playing
. Check if the music is appropriately recorded recorded songs” later in this section.)
to the hard drive/flash memory after record-
ing when the compact disc cannot be
rerecorded.
. Some music cannot be recorded depending
on the disc condition due to high-speed
recording being used.
. Jumping sounds may be recorded when a
compact disc is recorded while driving on
rough roads and excessive vibration occurs.
. A mark indicating jumping sounds is dis-
played if jumping sounds are recorded.
. No sounds may be recorded if jumping
sounds occurs or the disc is in poor
condition.
. Tracks that include Serial Copy Manage-
ment System (SCMS) are not recorded.
. If a compact disc is scratched or dirty, it may
not be recorded, jumping sounds may occur
4-48 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

256. Black plate (255,1)
14. AUX IN jack
FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC
(CD) CHANGER
GUID-47466BC8-4A62-4A64-A770-4369849C768A
For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-
tion precautions” earlier in this section.
Audio main operation
GUID-18CF23DB-D676-46FD-ACE9-770CA9F831CA
Head unit: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The radio has an FM diversity reception system,
which employs two antennas printed on the rear
window (for Hardtop models). This system
automatically switches to the antenna which is
receiving less interference.
The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
high frequency ranges automatically in both
radio reception and CD playback.
ON·OFF/Volume control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
position, and then push the ON·OFF/VOLUME
control knob while the system is off to call up the
SAA3473 mode (radio, CD or AUX) which was playing
1. CD EJECT button 7. DISC button immediately before the system was turned off.
2. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob 8. AUX button While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFF/
3. Radio station and CD selector buttons 9. DISP (display) change/CLOCK button VOLUME control knob turns the system off.
4. Radio tuning / MP3/WMA folder selector / 10. Radio/CD SCAN (tuning) button Turn the ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob to
AUDIO control knob 11. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button adjust the volume.
5. CD LOAD button 12. REW (rewind) button for SEEK/TRACK
6. AM·FM band select button 13. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-49
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

257. Black plate (256,1)
Adjusting sound quality:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1. Push and hold the CLOCK button * for 9 on when the ON·OFF/VOL control knob is
Push the Audio control knob to change the more than 2 seconds until the display shows pushed to ON.
selecting mode as follows. “Hour Adjust”. If another audio source is playing when the radio
Bass ? Treble ? Fade ? Balance ? Speed 2. Turn the AUDIO knob *
4 to adjust hours. band select button is turned to ON, the audio
Sensitive Volume ? Beep 3. Push the CLOCK button * or AUDIO
9 source will automatically be turned off and the
knob * to enter. The display will show
2 last radio station played will come on.
Rotate the Audio control knob to adjust Bass,
Treble, Fade and Balance to the desired level. “Minute Adjust”. When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the
Fade adjusts the sound level between the front 4. Turn the AUDIO knob * to adjust minutes.
4 radio will automatically change from stereo to
and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the monaural reception.
sound between the right and left speakers.
5. Push the CLOCK button *
9 or AUDIO
knob * to enter.
4 TUNE (Tuning): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
These items can also be adjusted by pushing The display will return to the regular clock Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob for manual tuning.
the AUDIO button. display after 10 seconds.
. Speed Sensitive Vol. If the power supply is disconnected, the clock SEEK tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Sound volume is increased according to the will not indicate the correct time. Push the SEEK·CAT or TRACK button or
vehicle speed. Choose the effect level from to tune from low to high or high to low
Readjust the time.
“HIGH”, “MID”, “LOW” or “OFF”. frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting
. Beep tuning AM-FM radio operation
GUID-1376C7D0-99F6-4FBC-8CC2-16FA35A11F12
station.
When this item is turned to ON, you will hear
a beep sound when you use a button. radio (FM/AM) band select:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
SCAN tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the Pushing the radio band select button will Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low
desired level, push the Audio control knob change the band as follows: to high frequencies and stops at each broad-
repeatedly until the radio or CD display re- AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing the
appears. Otherwise, the radio or CD display will button again during this 5 seconds period will
When the radio band select button is pushed
automatically reappear after about 5 seconds. stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
tuned to that station.
position, the radio will come on at the station last
CLOCK adjust:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 played. If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5
Push the CLOCK adjust button for more than seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
The last station/channel played will also come
1.5 seconds to turn on the CLOCK display. station.
4-50 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

258. Black plate (257,1)
*
1 to * Station memory operations:
6
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Compact Disc (CD) changer operation
GUID-972EA4B9-3241-42FD-A4C3-A4F32FFBAE4D PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
When the DISC (CD play) button is pushed with
(6 for FM1, 6 for FM2) and 6 stations can be set position, push the LOAD button and insert the
the system off and the compact disc loaded, the
for the AM band. compact disc into the slot with the label side
system will turn on and the compact disc will
1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2 facing up. The compact disc will be guided
start to play.
using the radio band select button. automatically into the slot and start playing.
When the DISC button is pushed with the
2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK, After loading the disc, the number of tracks on
compact disc loaded and the radio playing, the
SCAN or TUNE button. the disc and the play time will appear on the
radio will automatically be turned off and the
display.
3. Select the desired station/channel and keep compact disc will start to play.
pushing any of the desired station preset If the radio is already operating, it will auto-
buttons * to * until a beep sound is
1 6 matically turn off and the compact disc will play. CD PLAY INFORMATION:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
heard. (The radio mutes when the select If the system has been turned off while the When the DISP button is pushed for less than
button is pushed.) compact disc was playing, pushing the 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, the
4. The channel indicator will then come on and ON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the com- disc information display will change as follows:
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now pact disc.
CD:
complete.
5. Other buttons can be set in the same CD LOAD:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
manner. To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the NOS2287
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse LOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Select
the loading position by pushing the CD insert CD with MP3 or WMA:
blows, the radio memory will be erased. In that
case, reset the desired stations. select button * to * , then insert the CD.
1 6
To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in
NOS2288
succession, push the LOAD button for more
than 1.5 seconds.
The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-
display. wind)/APS (Automatic Program Search)
FF, APS REW:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-51
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

259. Black plate (258,1)
seconds while a CD is being played to fast ejected. AUX (Auxiliary) input
GUID-298EBF8C-8046-42B7-9748-7C48AA1F9988
forward or rewind through the track. When the To eject the discs selected by the CD select
button is released, the compact disc will return button, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5 AUX (Auxiliary) button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
to normal play speed. seconds. The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
When the or button is pushed for less To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button for The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
than 1.5 seconds while the compact disc is more than 1.5 seconds. standard analog audio input such as from a
being played, the next track or the beginning of portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
When this button is pushed while the compact
the current track on the CD will be played. laptop computers.
disc is being played, the compact disc will come
CD PLAY selection:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 out and the system will turn off. Push the AUX button to play a compatible
To change to another CD already loaded into the device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.
If the compact disc comes out and is not
player, push the CD play select buttons * to 1 removed, it will be pulled back into the slot NISSAN strongly recommend using a stereo
*.
6 to protect it. mini plug cable when connecting your music
device to the audio system. Music may not be
REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM): SCAN tuning: played properly when you use a monaural cable.
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the RPT button is pushed while the When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for
compact disc is played, the play pattern can be less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
changed as follows: played, the beginning of all the tracks of CDs will
(CD) be played for 10 seconds in sequence.
When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for
NOS2285 more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being
played, the first program in all the CDs will be
(CD with MP3 or WMA)
played for 10 seconds.
Pushing the button again during this 10 second
NOS2286 period will stop SCAN tuning.
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within
CD EJECT: 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the disc program.
compact disc loaded, the compact disc will be
4-52 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

260. Black plate (259,1)
SAA1851
With navigation system
1. AM·FM band select button
2. SAT button
3. DISC·AUX button
SAA3474
1. CD EJECT button SEEK/TRACK
2. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob 8. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK
3. Radio station and CD selector buttons
4. Radio tuning/AUDIO control knob
5. Radio SCAN (tuning) button
6. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button
7. Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button for
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-53
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

261. Black plate (260,1)
FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-
DISC (CD) PLAYER ance: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
GUID-C131FB44-F458-4E5F-863F-8282EA324CB7
For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera- To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, push
tion precautions” earlier in this section. the Audio control knob. When the display shows
the setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,
The satellite radio mode requires an active XM
Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio control
Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is
knob to set the desired setting. For the other
not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
setting methods, see “How to use SETTING
It may take some time to receive the activation button” earlier in this section.
signal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio.
This vehicle has some sound effect functions as
After receiving the activation signal, an available
follows:
channel list will be automatically updated in the
radio. For XM, push the ignition switch from . Speed Sensitive Vol.
SAA1852 LOCK to ACC to update the channel list. For more details, see “Vehicle information and
Without navigation system settings” earlier in this section.
1. AM·FM band select button
Audio main operation
GUID-00A49DC2-4837-44E9-892D-DF21199AA14E
Switching the GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
display:
2. DISC button Head unit: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Models with navigation system
3. AUX/SAT band select button The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
Pushing the DISC·AUX button will switch the
high frequency ranges automatically in both
displays as follows:
radio reception and CD playback.
iPod®/USB ? CD/DVD ? Music Box® ?
ON·OFF/Volume control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Bluetooth® Audio ? AUX ? iPod®/USB
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
. Models without navigation system
position, and then push the ON·OFF button
while the system is off to turn on the last audio Pushing the DISC button will switch the display
source, which was playing immediately before as follows:
the system was turned off. While the system is CD ? Music Box® ? CD
on, pushing the ON·OFF button turns the system Pushing the AUX button will switch the display
off. as follows:
Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume. USB/iPod® ? XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? USB/
4-54 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

262. Black plate (261,1)
iPod® monaural reception. . NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while the
SAT tuner is connected.)
FM-AM-SAT GUID-EBA85A4A-0F33-4FFD-BE29-8039767BB0D9
radio operation
radio (SAT) band select (models . OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)
without navigation system): . CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connection
radio (FM/AM) band select: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the satellite band select button to select error)
Pushing the radio band select button will
the satellite radio mode XM1, XM2 or XM3. . LOADING (When the initial setting is
change the band as follows:
TUNE (Tuning): performed)
AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub-
. For AM and FM radio
scription is not active)
radio (SAT) band select (models with Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning.
navigation system): . For XM Satellite Radio
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 SCAN tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pushing the radio band select button will Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels
Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low
change the band as follows: from all of the categories when any category
to high frequencies and stop at each broad-
XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1 is not selected.
casting station/channel for 5 seconds. Pushing
When the radio band select button is pushed the button again during this 5 seconds period
SEEK tuning/CATEGORY will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain
while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON
(CAT): tuned to that station/channel.
position, the radio will come on at the channel GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
last played. . For AM and FM radio
If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5
Push the SEEK button or to tune seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
The last channel played will also come on when
from low to high or high to low frequencies station/channel.
the ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.
and to stop at the next broadcasting station.
The satellite radio is not available in Alaska, . For XM Satellite Radio *
1 to * Station memory operations:
6
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Hawaii and Guam. 12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band
Push the SEEK button or to tune
If another audio source is playing when the radio to the first channel of the next or previous (6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for XM radio (6
band select button is turned to ON, the audio category. each for XM1, XM2 and XM3) and 6 stations
source will automatically be turned off and the can be set for the AM band.
During satellite radio reception, the following
last radio channel played will come on. notices will be displayed under certain condi- 1. Choose the radio band using the radio band
When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, the tions. select button.
radio will automatically change from stereo to
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-55
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

263. Black plate (262,1)
2. Tune to the desired station/channel using . Preset List . CH Name
the SEEK/TRACK, SCAN button or the Displays the preset channel list. If 1 of the 6 . Category
radio TUNE knob. preset stations listed is touched and held, . Name
3. Push and hold the desired station preset the current station will be stored as the new . Title
button * to * until the radio mutes.
1 6 preset.
. Other
4. The station indicator will then come on and . Customize Channel List
the sound will resume. Memorizing is now Selects specific channels to skip while using Compact Disc (CD) player operation
GUID-F3F7ECB7-D20C-494A-9EAD-66D08C16AB2C
complete. the TUNE, SEEK/CATEGORY or Menu- Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
Categories feature. position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into
5. Other buttons can be set in the same
. Favorite Artists & Songs the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will
manner.
Stores the current artist or song that is being be guided automatically into the slot and start
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse playing.
played. Touch the “Alert” key to be reminded
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that
when the stored artist or song is playing on a After loading the CD, the number of tracks on
case, reset the desired stations/channels.
station while listening to XM. the CD and the play time will appear on the
List (AM and FM radio) (models with . Categories display.
navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Selecting a category will go to the first If the radio is already operating, it will auto-
When the “List” key on the display is selected channel in that category as defined by XM matically turn off and the CD will play.
while the FM or AM radio is being played, the Radio. If the system has been turned off while the CD
preset station list will be displayed. . Direct Tune was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and Inputs the channel number by using a start the CD.
held, the current station will be stored as the keypad. Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
new preset.
Text (models without navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Menu (XM Satellite Radio) (models with or PLAY:
When the “Text” key is selected with the multi- GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
navigation system): When the DISC·AUX or DISC (CD play) button
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 function controller on the display and then the
When the “Menu” key on the display is selected ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio is pushed with the system off and the CD
while the XM Satellite Radio is being played, the is being played, the text information listed below loaded, the system will turn on and the CD will
menu list will be displayed. will be displayed on the screen. start to play.
The following items are available. When the DISC·AUX or DISC button is pushed
4-56 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

264. Black plate (263,1)
with the CD loaded and the radio playing, the Data Base) to acquire track information from . File title
radio will automatically be turned off and the CD the Gracenote Database, or set the priority . Song title
will start to play. to CD-TEXT to acquire the information from . Album title
CDs.
Menu (modelsGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
with navigation system): . Artist
. Automatic Recording (for CD)
When the “Menu” key on the display is selected
while the CD is being played, the menu screen When this item is turned on, the Music Box® Next/Previous Track and Fast
will be displayed. The following menu options hard drive/flash memory automatically starts Forward/Rewind: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
are available. recording when a CD is inserted.
Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5
. Recording Quality (for CD) seconds while a CD is being played to fast
. Folder List (for CD with compressed audio
files) The larger number (132) will increase the forward or rewind through the track. When the
recorded sound quality while taking up more button is released, the CD will return to normal
Displays the folder list.
space on the Music Box® leaving less room play speed.
. Track List for more songs.
Displays the track list. When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5
For the details of Music Box®, see “Music Box®” seconds while a CD is being played, the next
. Play Mode later in this section. track on the CD will be played.
Select a play mode from the following items.
Text (models without navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 When the REW button is pushed for less than
— Normal
When the “Text” key is selected in the screen 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current
— 1 Folder Repeat (for CD with com-
using the multi-function controller and then the track started playing, the previous track will be
pressed audio files)
ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played.
— 1 Track Repeat played, the music information below will be When the REW button is pushed for less than
— 1 Disc Random displayed on the screen. 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the
— 1 Folder Random (for CD with com- CD: current track started playing, the beginning of
pressed audio files) the current track will be played.
. Disc title
. Record to Music Box® (for CD)
. Track title
Select to choose specific songs on the CD
CD with compressed audio files:
to record to the Music Box®.
. Title Text Priority (for CD) . Folder title
Set the priority to CDDB (Compact Disc
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-57
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

265. Black plate (264,1)
REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) PLAYER
When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is
OPERATION (models with navigation CAUTION
system)
played, the play pattern can be changed as GUID-EF98CC42-EAAD-4426-B294-DCA157F6C9EE
. Only operate the DVD while the
follows: Precautions GUID-B37A835C-2698-4C52-A8FB-20146AE67DE8 vehicle engine is running. Operating
(CD) Start the engine when using the DVD entertain- the DVD for extended periods of
ment system. time with the engine OFF can dis-
Movies will not be shown on the front display charge the vehicle battery.
NOS2606 while the vehicle is in any drive position to . Do not allow the system to get wet.
(CD with compressed audio files) reduce driver distraction. Audio is available Excessive moisture such as spilled
when a movie is played. To view movies in the liquids may cause the system to
front display, stop the vehicle in a safe location, malfunction.
NOS2607 move the selector lever to the P (Park) position
. While playing VIDEO-CD media, this
and apply the parking brake. DVD player does not guarantee
CD EJECT: complete functionality of all VI-
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
WARNING DEO-CD formats.
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
CD loaded, the CD will be ejected.
. The driver must not attempt to Display settings
When this button is pushed while the CD is operate the DVD system or wear
GUID-2AF4320E-8689-441A-A759-33B7D1DB0309
being played, the CD will be ejected. To adjust the front display mode, push the
the headphones while the vehicle is SETTING button while the DVD is being played.
If the CD comes out and is not removed, it in motion so that full attention may
will be pulled back into the slot to protect be given to vehicle operation. To adjust the display ON/OFF, brightness, tint,
it. color and contrast, select the “Display Adjust-
. Do not attempt to modify the system ment” key and then select each key.
to display a movie on the front
screen while the vehicle is being Then you can adjust each item using the multi-
driven. Doing so may distract the function controller. After changes have been
driver and may cause a collision and made push the BACK button to save the setting.
serious personal injury or death.
4-58 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

266. Black plate (265,1)
button again.
/ Commercial Skip:
DVD operation keys:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 This function is only for DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR.
When the DVD is playing without the operation Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skip forward or
screen being shown, you may use the touch backwards by the set amount as defined in the
screen to select items from the displayed video. DVD Settings menu.
You may also use the multifunction controller to
select an item from the displayed video. When Top Menu: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the operation screen is being shown, use the When the “Top Menu” key is selected in the
multifunction controller or touch screen to select screen while a DVD is being played, the top
an item from the displayed menus. menu specific to each disc will be displayed. For
details, see the instructions on the disc.
PAUSE:
SAA2497 Select the “ ” key to pause the DVD. To
resume playing the DVD, use the “PLAY” key.
Playing a DVD
GUID-E8CC217F-6D7F-4F38-96D5-04BF53DD1CF7
DISC·AUX button: PLAY:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Park the vehicle in a safe location for the Select the “ ” key to start playing the DVD,
front seat occupants to operate the DVD for example, after pausing the DVD.
drive while watching the images.
Push the DISC·AUX button on the instrument STOP:
panel and turn the display to the DVD mode. Select the “ ” key to stop playing the DVD.
When a DVD is loaded, it will be replayed
automatically. / Next/Previous Chapter:
The operation screen will be turned on when the Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skip the
DISC·AUX button located on the instrument chapter(s) of the disc forward/backward. The
panel is pushed while a DVD is being played, chapters will advance/go back the number of
and it will turn off automatically after a period of times this key is selected.
time. To turn it on again, push the DISC·AUX
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-59
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

267. Black plate (266,1)
Title Menu (DVD-VIDEO):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
“−” side is selected.
Some menus specific to each disc will be Angle Mark (DVD-VIDEO):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
shown. For details, see the instructions on the
When this item is turned on, an angle mark will
disc.
be shown on the bottom of the screen if the
Title Search (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
scene can be seen from a different angle.
The scene with the specified title will be Menu Skip (DVD-VIDEO):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
displayed each time the “+” side or “−” side is
DVD menus are automatically configured and
selected.
the contents will be played directly when the
Group Search GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(VIDEO CD): “Menu Skip” key is turned on. Note that some
A scene in the specified group will be displayed discs may not be played directly even if this item
each time the “+” side or “−” side is selected. is turned on.
SAA2498 10 Key Search (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD, CM Skip (DVD-VIDEO):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Example CD-DA, DVD-VR): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “CM Skip” key. Choose the setting
Select the “10 Key Search” key to open the time from 15, 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the
DVD settings
GUID-7B8B7A8C-B156-4DAE-929A-FD370C7ED7C3
number entry screen. Input the number to be “+” side or “−” side.
Select the “Settings” key to adjust the following
searched and select the “OK” key. The specified DRC (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):
settings. GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Title/Chapter or Group/Track will be played.
DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) automati-
Key (DVD-VIDEO):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Select No. (VIDEO-CD):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
cally adjusts the soundtrack volume level to
Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed. maintain a more even sound to the speakers.
Select the “Select No.” key to open the number
: Move the cursor to select a DVD menu. entry screen. Input the number to be searched DVD Language (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Enter: Enter the selected menu. and select the “OK” key. The specified scene
Select the “DVD Language” key to open the
Move: Change the display location by moving will be played.
number entry screen. Input the number corre-
the operation key. Angle (DVD-VIDEO): sponding to the preferred language and select
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Back: Return to the previous screen. If the DVD contains different angles (such as the “OK” key. The DVD top menu language will
moving images), the current image angle can be be changed to the one specified.
Hide: Hide the operation key.
switched to another one. Select the “Angle” key.
The angle will change each time the “+” side or
4-60 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

268. Black plate (267,1)
Display: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To adjust the image quality of the screen, select
the preferred adjustment items.
Audio: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the preferred language for audio.
Subtitle (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the preferred language for subtitles.
Display Mode (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD,
DVD-VR): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select from the “Full”, “Wide”, “Normal” or
“Cinema” modes.
SAA3557 SAA2500
Title List (DVD-VR):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the preferred title from the list. USB MEMORY OPERATION (if so File selection (models with navigation
Play Mode: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 equipped) GUID-1911C9E0-A85B-4796-B0E6-1983A3CCE23D system) GUID-8C3D41CC-4A4A-4890-99A6-A075C3299677
Select the preferred play mode. Audio main operation
GUID-EC470606-27FA-41BF-8B6E-3F3D06147A2A
When there are both audio and movie files in the
Open the console lid and connect a USB USB memory, the mode select screen is
PG/PL Mode (DVD-VR):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
memory as illustrated. Then, push the DISC·AUX displayed. Select the preferred content to play.
Select the “PG” or “PL” mode.
or AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB When there is only one type of file, the audio or
memory mode. movie operation screen is displayed and the file
If the system has been turned off while the USB will start to play.
memory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL If playback of a video file is restricted to a
control knob will start the USB memory. specific number of times, a confirmation screen
will appear asking you if you want to play the file.
Answer yes or no as requested by the display.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-61
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

269. Black plate (268,1)
Audio file operation
GUID-86A04B3E-66EC-408F-BFBC-198604AA6B80
current track started playing, the beginning of
the current track will be played.
or PLAY:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 The multi-function controller can also be used to
When the DISC·AUX or AUX button is pushed select tracks when the USB memory is being
with the system off and the USB memory played.
inserted, the system will turn on. Folder selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
If another audio source is playing and a USB To change to another folder on the USB
memory is inserted, push the DISC·AUX or AUX memory, turn the folder selector or choose a
button repeatedly until the center display folder displayed on the screen using the multi-
changes to the USB memory mode. function controller.
Next/Previous File and Fast REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
SAA2501 Forward/Rewind: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 When the RPT button is pushed while the USB
Models with navigation system Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5 memory is played, the play pattern can be
seconds while a USB memory is being played to changed as follows.
fast forward or rewind through a track. When the
To change the play mode, push the RPT button
button is released, the USB memory will return
repeatedly and the mode will change as follows.
to normal play speed.
Normal ? 1 Folder Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat ?
When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5
All Random ? 1 Folder Random ? Normal
seconds while a USB memory is being played,
the next track on the USB memory will be
played.
When the REW button is pushed for less than
1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current
track started playing, the previous track will be
played.
When the REW button is pushed for less than
SAA2611
1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the
Models without navigation system
4-62 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

270. Black plate (269,1)
. Play Mode
Select the preferred play mode.
Text (models without navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the “Text” key is selected on the screen
using the multi-function controller and then the
ENTER button is pushed while a USB memory is
being played, the music information listed below
will be displayed on the screen.
. Folder title
. File title
. Song title
. Album Title
SAA2502 SAA2503
. Artist
Menu (modelsGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
with navigation system): Movie file operation (models with navi-
There are some options available during play- gation system)
GUID-457F5420-C299-43BB-8BF4-B9BDC6FFCBEC
back. Select one of the following options that Park the vehicle in a safe location for the
are displayed on the screen if necessary. Refer front seat occupants to operate the USB
to the following information for each item. memory while watching the images.
. Movie Playback
Switch to the movie playback mode. This PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
item is displayed only when a USB memory When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the
contains movie files. system off and the USB memory inserted, the
. Folder List/Track List system will turn on.
Displays the folder or track list. The “Movie If another audio source is playing and a USB
Playback” key is also displayed in this list memory is inserted, push the DISC·AUX button
screen, and enables switching to the movie repeatedly until the center display changes to
playback mode. the USB memory mode.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-63
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

271. Black plate (270,1)
Operation keys: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
List: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To operate the USB memory, select the desired Select the “List” key on the movie file operation
key displayed on the operation screen using the screen to display the file list.
multi-function controller.
Pause
Select the “ ” key to pause the movie file. To
resume playing the movie file, select the “ ”
key.
Play
Select the “ ” key to start playing a movie file,
for example, after pausing a movie file. SAA2504
Example
STOP Settings: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “ ” key to stop playing a movie file. Select the “Settings” key to adjust the following
settings.
Skip (Next chapter) . Audio File Playback
Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s) of Switch to the audio playback mode. This
the disc forward. The chapters will advance the item is displayed only when the USB
number of times the ENTER button is pushed. memory contains the audio files.
. Play Mode
Skip (Previous chapter) Select the “Normal” or “1 Track Repeat” play
Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s) of mode.
the disc backward. The chapters will go back . 10 Key Search
the number of times the “ ” key is selected. Select the “10 Key Search” key to open the
number entry screen.
Input the number to be searched and select
4-64 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

272. Black plate (271,1)
the “OK” key. Bluetooth® STREAMING AUDIO (mod- Bluetooth® functions.
The specified folder/file will be played. els with navigation system)
GUID-7C5387E1-2FFC-446A-8C32-80F22C893E68 Regulatory information
. Display Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth ® GUID-E8BCBECC-3690-4404-A5A8-1565F8965F62
Streaming Audio. If you have a compatible FCC Regulatory information:
To adjust the image quality of the screen, GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
select the preferred adjustment items. Bluetooth® device with streaming audio (A2DP . CAUTION: To maintain compliance with
. DRC profile), you can set up the wireless connection FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only
between your Bluetooth® device and the in- the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,
DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) auto-
vehicle audio system. This connection allows modification, or attachments could damage
matically adjusts the soundtrack volume
you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth® the transmitter and may violate FCC regula-
level to maintain a more even sound to the
device using your vehicle speakers. It also may tions.
speakers.
allow basic control of the device for playing and . Operation is subject to the following two
. Audio
skipping audio files using the AVRCP Blue- conditions:
Select the preferred language for audio. tooth® profile. All Bluetooth® Devices do not 1) This device may not cause interference
. Subtitle have the same level of controls for AVRCP. and
Select the preferred language for subtitle. Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth® 2) This device must accept any interfer-
. Display Mode Device for more details. ence, including interference that may
Select the “Normal”, “Wide”, “Cinema” or Once your Bluetooth® device is connected to cause undesired operation of the device
“Full” mode. the in-vehicle audio system, it will automatically IC Regulatory GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
information:
reconnect whenever the device is present in the
. Operation is subject to the following two
vehicle and you select Bluetooth® Audio from
conditions:
your audio system. You do not need to manually
reconnect for each usage. 1) This device may not cause interference,
and
Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth ®
2) This device must accept any interfer-
functions share the same frequency band (2.4
ence, including interference that may
GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the wireless
cause undesired operation of the device.
LAN functions at the same time may slow down
or disconnect the communication and cause . This Class B digital apparatus meets all
undesired noise. It is recommended that you requirements of the Canadian Interference-
turn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Causing Equipment Regulations.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-65
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

273. Black plate (272,1)
Bluetooth trademark:
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-
censed to Clarion Co., Ltd.
SAA2505 SAA2506
Connecting procedure 2. Select the “Connect Bluetooth” key.
GUID-40491939-1EDD-4FA2-8C53-4CFE711B8116
1. Push the SETTING button and select the
“Bluetooth” key.
4-66 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

274. Black plate (273,1)
SAA2507 SAA3005 SAA3006
3. A confirmation screen will be displayed. 4. Choose a PIN code to use with the 5. The standby message screen will appear.
Select “No”. compatible Bluetooth audio device using Operate the compatible Bluetooth® audio
Note: Selecting “Yes” will only connect the the number input screen. The PIN code will device. For the connecting procedure of the
hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth® need to be entered into the Bluetooth® audio device, see the Bluetooth® audio
device. audio device after step 5. Select the “OK” instructions.
key. When the connecting is completed, the
screen will return to the Bluetooth® setup
display.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-67
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

275. Black plate (274,1)
select tracks when the Bluetooth® audio is
DISC·AUX button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 playing.
When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the
system off and the Bluetooth® audio device REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
connected, the system will turn on. If another
To change the play mode, push the button
audio source is playing and the Bluetooth®
repeatedly and the mode changes as follows.
audio device is connected, push the DISC·AUX
button repeatedly until the display changes to Normal ? Shuffle All Tracks ? Shuffle Group
the Bluetooth® audio mode. ? Repeat 1 Track ? Repeat All Tracks ?
Repeat Group ? Normal
Next/Previous Track and Fast Operation keys: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Forward/Rewind: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 To operate a Bluetooth® audio device, select a
Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5 key displayed on the operation screen using the
SAA2510 seconds while a Bluetooth® file is being played multi-function controller.
to fast forward or rewind through the track.
Audio main operation
GUID-31F0400D-E6C9-437E-84A4-D3047932557B When the button is released, the Bluetooth® Play
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON audio device will return to the normal play speed.
Select the “ ” key to start playing when
position. Then, push the DISC·AUX button When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5 pausing. Select this key again to pause the
repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth® audio seconds while the Bluetooth® audio device is audio play.
mode. If the system has been turned off while being played, the next track will be played.
the Bluetooth® audio device was playing, push-
When the REW button is pushed for less than Pause
ing the ON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the
1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current ” key to pause the Bluetooth®
Bluetooth® audio device. Select the “
track started playing, the previous track will be audio device. Select this key again to resume
The ability to pause, change tracks, fast forward, played. playing.
rewind, randomize and repeat music may be
When the REW button is pushed for less than
different between devices. Some or all of these Play Mode: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the
functions may not be supported on each device. The play mode setting display will appear when
current track started playing, the beginning of
the current track will be played. the “Menu” key is selected.
The multi-function controller can also be used to Choose the preferred play mode from the
4-68 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

276. Black plate (275,1)
following items. Connected Devices:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Shuffle Registered devices are shown on the list. Select
Choose “Shuffle OFF”, “Shuffle All Tracks” a Bluetooth® device from the list, the following
and “Shuffle Group”. options will be available.
. Repeat . Select
Choose from “Repeat OFF”, “Repeat 1 Select “Select” to connect the selected
Track”, “Repeat All Tracks” and “Repeat device to the vehicle. If there is a different
Group”. device currently connected, the selected
device will replace the current device.
. Edit
Rename the selected Bluetooth® device
using the keypad displayed on the screen.
SAA2511 (See “How to use touch screen (models
with navigation system)” earlier in this
Bluetooth® settings
GUID-A68ABD46-54A5-4F84-8427-C2EE07708F0F
section.)
To set up the Bluetooth® device system to the . Delete
preferred settings, push the SETTING button Delete the selected Bluetooth® device.
and select the “Bluetooth” key.
Edit BluetoothGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Info:
Bluetooth: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Change the name broadcasted by this system
If this setting is turned off, the connection over Bluetooth®. Change the PIN code that is
between the Bluetooth® devices and the in- entered when connecting a hands free device to
vehicle Bluetooth® module will be canceled. this system.
Connect Bluetooth:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Replace Connected Phone:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Connects to the Bluetooth® device. See “Con- Replace the Bluetooth® connection with a
necting procedure” earlier in this section. Up to connected Bluetooth® cellular phone. For de-
5 devices can be registered. tails about Hands-Free Phone System, see
“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models
with navigation system)” later in this section.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-69
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

277. Black plate (276,1)
the U.S. and other countries. . First generation iPod touch® (firmware ver-
sion 2.1)
Compatibility
GUID-EAD69E7A-4C90-4E6D-AABE-42D8D2DFEF93 . Second generation iPod touch® (firmware
The following models are available: version 2.1.1)
Models with navigation system:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. First generation iPod nano® (firmware ver-
. Fifth generation iPod® (firmware 1.2.3 or sion 1.3.1)
later) . Second generation iPod nano® (firmware
. iPod classic® (firmware 1.1.1 or later) version 1.1.3)
. First generation iPod touch® (firmware 2.0.0 . Third generation iPod nano® (firmware ver-
or later) sion 1.1 PC)
. Second generation iPod touch® (firmware . Third generation iPhone® (firmware version
1.2.3 or later) 2.1)
SAA3344 . First generation iPod nano® (firmware 1.3.1 Make sure that the iPod® firmware is updated.
or later)
iPod® PLAYER OPERATION (if so Audio main operation
. Second generation iPod nano® (firmware GUID-28472054-9448-47CD-BD59-B1639785F044
equipped) GUID-FD80F47E-8BB4-4D68-986A-C5731080C4CF 1.1.3 or later)
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
® position. Then, push the DISC·AUX button
Connecting iPod
GUID-A72BE860-589F-4B89-9C7B-C3DF3405040E
. Third generation iPod nano® (firmware 1.1 repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.
Open the console lid and connect the iPod® or later)
If the system has been turned off while the iPod®
cable to the USB connector. If compatible, the . Fourth generation iPod nano® (firmware
was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
battery of the iPod® is charged while the 1.0.2 or later)
start the iPod®.
connection to the vehicle. Models without navigation system:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Depending on the version of the iPod®, the . Fifth generation iPod® (firmware version 1.3) or play:
display on the iPod® shows a NISSAN or . First generation iPod classic® (firmware
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the DISC·AUX or AUX button is pushed
Accessory Attached screen when the connec- version 1.1.2 PC) with the system off and the iPod® connected,
tion is completed. When the iPod® is connected
. Second generation iPod classic® (firmware the system will turn on. If another audio source is
to the vehicle, the iPod® music library can only
version 2.0 PC) playing and the iPod® is connected, push the
be operated by the vehicle audio controls.
DISC·AUX or AUX button repeatedly until the
* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in center display changes to the iPod® mode.
4-70 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

278. Black plate (277,1)
Interface: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Next/Previous Track and Fast
The interface for iPod® operation shown on the Forward/Rewind:
vehicle center display is similar to the iPod® GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5
interface. Use the multi-function controller and
seconds while the iPod® is playing to fast
the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod®
forward or rewind through a track. When the
with your favorite settings.
button is released, the iPod® will return to the
The following items can be chosen from the NOS2652
normal play speed.
menu list screen. For further information about ®
each item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual.
When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5 Music Box GUID-58EEA799-0C8F-43D3-8A7D-7EBAEF5C935A
(if so equipped)
seconds while the iPod® is being played, the The Music Box® can store songs from CDs
. Now Playing next track will be played. being played. The system has 9.3GB storage
. Playlists
When the REW button is pushed for less than capacity in models with navigation system or
. Artists 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current 2.0GB (800 MB for music storage) for models
. Albums track started playing, the previous track will be without navigation system.
. Songs played. The following CDs can be recorded in the Music
. Podcasts When the REW button is pushed for less than Box audio system.
. Genres 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the . CDs that contain uncompressed audio files
. Composers current track started playing, the beginning of
. Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio (Hybrid
. Audiobooks the current track will be played.
CD-DA) specification in Super Audio CDs
. Shuffle Songs The multi-function controller can also be used to . Compact Disc Digital Audio (CD-DA) spe-
The following touch-panel buttons shown on the select tracks when the iPod® is playing. cification in CD-Extras
screen are also available: . First session of multisession disc
REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
. : returns to the previous screen. Extreme temperature conditions [below
. : plays/pauses the music selected. When the RPT button is pushed while a track is -48F (-208C) and above 1588F (708C)] could
being played, the play pattern can be changed affect the performance of the system.
as follows:
NOTE:
If the system needs to be replaced due to a
malfunction, all stored music data will be
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-71
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

279. Black plate (278,1)
erased. Recording CDs
GUID-7F60A778-FD1A-4E13-B648-BDEDD3D019C3
1. Operate the audio system to play a CD. For
the details of playing CDs, see “FM-AM-SAT
radio with Compact Disc (CD) player” earlier
in this section.
2. Select the “Start REC” key.
NOTE:
. The system starts playing and record-
ing the 1st track on the CD when the
“Start REC” key is selected.
. The recording process can be stopped
at any time. All tracks that were played
SAA2513 before the CD was stopped are stored.
Models with navigation system . Individual tracks can be deleted from
the hard drive/flash memory after the
CD is recorded.
SAA2612
Models without navigation system
4-72 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

280. Black plate (279,1)
If the title information of the track being recorded off or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
is stored either in the hard drive/flash memory or position, the recording also stops.
in the CD, the title is automatically displayed on
the screen. For title acquisition from the hard
drive/flash memory, music recognition technol-
ogy and related data are provided by Grace-
note®.
If a track is not recorded successfully due to the
CD skipping, the mark is displayed behind
the track number.
The Music Box® hard drive/flash memory cannot
perform recording under the following condi-
SAA2514
tions.
Models with navigation system . There is not enough space on the hard
drive/flash memory
. The number of albums reaches the maximum
of 500.
. The number of tracks reaches the maximum
of 3,000.
Automatic recording:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
If the “Automatic Recording” function is turned
on, recording starts when a CD is inserted. (See
“Music Box® settings” later in this section.)
Stopping recording:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To stop the recording, select the “Stop REC”
key button by touching the screen or using the
SAA2613 multi-function controller.
Models without navigation system
If the CD is ejected, the audio system is turned
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-73
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

281. Black plate (280,1)
Playing recorded songs
GUID-A7ED283D-E94D-405C-A20A-276DDF150CA9
button is released, the track will return to the
Select the Music Box® audio system by using normal play speed.
one of the following methods. When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5
. Push the audio source switch on the seconds while a track is being played, the next
steering wheel repeatedly until the center track will be played.
display changes to the Music Box® mode. When the REW button is pushed for less than
(See “Steering-wheel-mounted controls for 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current
audio” later in this section.) track started playing, the previous track will be
. Push the DISC·AUX or AUX button repeat- played.
edly until the center display changes to the When the REW button is pushed for less than
Music Box® mode. 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the
. Models with navigation system current track started playing, the beginning of
SAA2515 Give voice commands. (See “NISSAN voice the current track will be played.
Models with navigation system recognition system (models with navigation The multi-function controller can also be used to
system)” later in this section.) select tracks when a track is being played.
Stopping playback:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Play mode selection:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The system stops playing when: The TUNE/FOLDER knob will skip from album to
a. another mode (radio, CD, DVD, USB memory, album unless it is playing “All Songs” from the
iPod® or AUX) is selected. Music Library menu. When playing “All Songs”,
b. the audio system is turned off. the knob will change the track instead of the
c. the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK album. The upper right corner of the main screen
position. will indicate if the TUNE knob is changing by
track or album.
Next/Previous Track and Fast
Forward/Rewind: REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5 When the RPT·RDM button is pushed while a
SAA2614 seconds while a track is being played to fast track is being played, the play pattern can be
Models without navigation system forward or rewind through the track. When the changed as follows:
4-74 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

282. Black plate (281,1)
(Normal) ? 1 Album Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat There are some options available by selecting
? 1 Album Random ? All Random ? (Normal) the “Menu” key on the screen during playback.
Select one of the following options that are
Tag Track (models with navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 displayed on the screen if necessary.
Select “Tag Track” key on the screen when a
track is being played. A menu will show the 5 Now Playing (models with navigation sys-
available playlists. Select one of the playlists to tem): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
add the current song to that playlist. If a playlist Displays a track list to choose a preferred track
is not selectable (text is grayed out), it means for playback.
the song already exists in that playlist.
Music Library: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
There are some options available during play-
back. Select one of the following options that
are displayed on the screen if necessary.
SAA2516
. Artists
Models with navigation system
Play tracks by an artist whose music is
currently being played. The artists are sorted
in alphabetical order.
. Albums
Play tracks in each album. The albums are
sorted in alphabetical order.
. All Songs
Play tracks from all recorded tracks. The
tracks are sorted in alphabetical order.
. Genres
Play tracks by a selected genre.
My Playlists (models with navigation sys-
SAA2725 tem): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Models without navigation system Displays the Playlist and edits the Playlist if
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-75
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

283. Black plate (282,1)
necessary. Play Mode (models with navigation sys- . Edit Information by Album (models
Select the “Edit” key. tem): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
with navigation system)
Choose the preferred play mode from the Edit the displayed name and of a selected
The following items are available
following items. album and the track information on the
. Add Current Songs album.
. Normal
Add a current track to the Playlist. . Update Gracenote from USB Device
. 1 Album Repeat
. Add Songs by Album (models with navigation system)/
. 1 Track Repeat
Displays a list of albums in alphabetical Transfer Titles from USB (models with-
order. Selecting an album displays all of the . 1 Playlist Random out navigation system)
tracks in the album. Select tracks from the . 1 Artist Random Update the in-vehicle Gracenote Database
list to add to the Playlist. . 1 Album Random using a USB memory. Search the title from a
. Add Songs by Artist . 1 All Track Random information acquired on the Internet. Visit
Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order. . 1 All Random www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for details.
Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks Edit Music Information: . Transfer Missing Titles to USB
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
by the artist. Select tracks from the list to Transfer the information of an album re-
Displays the following information about the
add to the Playlist. corded without titles to a USB memory. Visit
Music Box® hard drive/flash memory to edit if
. Edit Songs Order www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for details.
necessary.
Reorder the tracks in the Playlist by select- . Update Gracenote from HDD (models
. Edit Information of Current Song (mod-
ing a track and specifying the order. with navigation system)/Update Miss-
els with navigation system)
. Edit Name ing Titles (models without navigation
Edit the “Track”, “Artist” and “Genre” in- system)
Edit the name of the Playlist using the
formation of the current track using the
keypad displayed on the screen. (See Search the title using the database on the
keypad displayed on the screen. (See “How
“How to use multi-function controller” earlier hard drive/flash memory.
to use touch screen (models with navigation
in this section.)
system)” earlier in this section.)
. Delete Songs
Edit the “Mode” information by selecting
Delete tracks in the Playlist by selecting from from the list.
the displayed song list.
4-76 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

284. Black plate (283,1)
Music Box® GUID-B949C62E-4A06-4DE3-ADAF-5C058BA04AD1
settings CDDB Version (models with navigation
To set the Music box® hard drive/flash memory system)/Gracenote Database Version
to your preferred settings, select the “Menu” (models without navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
key during playback, and the “Music Box The version of the built-in Gracenote Database
Settings” key with the multi-function controller, is displayed.
and then push the ENTER button.
Gracenote GUID-85404772-EB07-4741-8180-012C4167A09C
Music Box Used/Free Space:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 NOTE:
Information about “Saved Album”, “Saved Track” . The information contained in the
and “Remaining Time” is displayed. Gracenote Database is not fully guar-
Automatic Recording: anteed.
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When this item is turned on, the Music Box® . The service of the Gracenote Database
hard drive/flash memory automatically starts on the Internet may be stopped without
SAA2517 prior notice for maintenance.
Models with navigation system
recording when a CD is inserted.
Delete Songs GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
from Music Box:
Deletes the current song, selected songs or End-User License Agreement
albums by choosing from the list, or all songs/ USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP-
albums in the Music Box®. TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW.
Recording Quality:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Gracenote® MusicID® Terms of Use
Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132 This application or device contains software
kbps. The default is set to 105 kbps (models from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California
with navigation system). (“Gracenote”). The software from Gracenote
Set the recording quality of 96 kbps, 128 kbps (the “Gracenote Software”) enables this appli-
or 192 kbps. The default is set to 128 kbps cation to perform disc and/or file identification
(models without navigation system). and obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information (“Grace-
SAA2438
note Data”) from online servers or embedded
Models without navigation system
databases (collectively, “Gracenote Servers”)
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-77
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

285. Black plate (284,1)
and to perform other functions. You may use to track queries for statistical purposes. The WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
Gracenote Data only by means of the intended purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identi- OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE-
End-User functions of this application or device. fier is to allow the Gracenote service to count NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the queries without knowing anything about who SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for you are. For more information, see the web page BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR
your own personal non-commercial use only. for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Grace- INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST
You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or note service. PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES.
transmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace- The Gracenote Software and each item of Copyright:
note Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, Music recognition technology and related data
Gracenote makes no representations or warran- are provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote is the
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACE- ties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy
NOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY industry standard in music recognition technol-
of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote ogy and related content delivery. For more
PERMITTED HEREIN. Servers. Gracenote reserves the right to delete information, please visit www.gracenote.com.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to use data from the Gracenote Servers or to change
the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, data categories for any cause that Gracenote CD and music-related data from Gracenote,
and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Inc., copyright * 2000-2009 Gracenote.
C
violate these restrictions. If your license termi- Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are Gracenote Software, copyright * 2000-2009
C
nates, you agree to cease any and all use of the error-free or that functioning of Gracenote Gracenote. This product and service may
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Software or Gracenote Servers will be unin- practice one or more of the following U.S.
Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all terrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide Patents: #5,987,525; #6,061,680;
rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Soft- you with new enhanced or additional data types #6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192,
ware, and the Gracenote Servers, including all or categories that Gracenote may provide in the #6,230,207, #6,240,459, #6,330,593, and
ownership rights. Under no circumstances will future and is free to discontinue its services at other patents issued or pending. Some services
Gracenote become liable for any payment to you any time. supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc.
for any information that you provide. for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT Gracenote and CDDB are registered trade-
rights under this Agreement against you directly NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF marks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and
in its own name. MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTI- logotype, and the “Powered by Gracenote” logo
CULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRIN- are trademarks of Gracenote.
The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier
G E M E N T. G R A C E N OT E D O E S N OT
4-78 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

286. Black plate (285,1)
. Red - right channel audio input
Before connecting a device to a jack, turn off the
power of the portable device.
With a compatible device connected to the
jacks, push the DISC·AUX or AUX button
repeatedly until the display switches to the
AUX mode.
SAA3342 SAA2496
Models with navigation system
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS (if so
equipped) GUID-031E6845-355E-4B94-AB0A-BC5D7A96E419
The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center
console. NTSC compatible devices such as
video games, camcorders and portable video
players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks.
Compatible audio devices, such as some MP3
players, can also be connected to the system
through the auxiliary jacks.
The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-
tion purposes.
. Yellow - video input
. White - left channel audio input
SAA1567
Models without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-79
[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

287. Black plate (286,1)
AUX Menu GUID-281DDB8B-E18B-41B6-9B6D-F3679632BC95
. A new disc may be rough on the inner and
When the “Menu” key on the display is selected outer edges. Remove the rough edges by
while in the AUX mode, the menu screen will be rubbing the inner and outer edges with the
displayed. side of a pen or pencil